Skip to main content

Full text of "The teaching of our Lord"

See other formats


©iforti  €l)urd)  Cert  ’Books 


0 


OCT 

&081®F^8 


BS  2415  . P84  1908 

Pullan,  Leighton,  1865-1940 

The  teaching  of  our  Lord 


'of 


The  Rev.  LEIGHTON  PULLAN,  M.A., 
St.  John’s  College,  and  Lecturer  in  Theology 
at  St.  John’s  and  Oriel  Colleges,  Oxford. 


The  Hebrew  Prophets.  The  Rev.  R.  L.  Ottley,  D.D.,  Canon 
of  Christ  Church  and  Regius  Professor  of  Pastoral  Theology 
in  the  University  of  Oxford. 

Outlines  of  Old  Testament  Theology.  The  Rev.  C.  F.  Burney, 
D.Litt. ,  Lecturer  in  Hebrew  at  St.  John’s  College,  Oxford. 
The  Text  of  the  New  Testament.  The  Rev.  K.  Lake,  D.D., 
Professor  of  New  Testament  Exegesis  and  Early  Christian 
Literature  in  the  University  of  Leyden. 

Early  Christian  Doctrine. 

The  Rev.  Leighton  Pullan,  M.A. 

An  Elementary  History  of  the  Church  in  Great  Britain. 

TheVen.W.  H.  Hutton,  B.D.,  Archdeacon  of  Northampton 
and  Canon  of  Peterborough. 

The  Reformation  in  Great  Britain. 

H.  O.  Wakeman,  M.A.,  late  Fellow  of  All  Souls  College, 
Oxford,  and  the  Rev.  Leighton  Pullan,  M.A. 

The  History  of  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer. 

The  Rev.  J.  H.  Maude,  M.A. ,  Examining  Chaplain  to  the 
Bishop  of  St.  Albans. 

The  Articles  of  the  Church  of  England. 

Tne  Rev.  B.  J.  Kidd,  D. D. ,  Vicar  of  St.  Paul’s,  Oxford. 
In2Vols.  Vol.  I. — History  and  Explanation  of  Articles  i.-viii. 
Vol.  II. — Explanation  of  Articles  ix.-xxxix. 

May  also  be  had  in  one  vol.  is.  net. 

The  Continental  Reformation.  The  Rev.  B.  J.  Kidd,  D.D. 

A  Manual  for  Confirmation.  The  Rev.  T.  Field,  D.D., 
Warden  of  Radley  College. 

A  History  of  the  Church  to  325.  The  Rev.  H.  N.  Bate, 
M.  A.,  Examining  Chaplain  to  the  Bishop  of  London. 

The  Church,  its  Ministry  and  Authority. 

The  Rev.  Darwell  Stone,  D.D. ,  Principal  of  Pusey  House, 
Oxford. 

A  History  of  the  American  Church  to  the  close  of  the  Nine¬ 
teenth  Century.  The  Right  Rev.  Leighton  Coleman, 
S.T.D.,  LL.D.,  Late  Bishop  of  Delaware,  U.S.A. 


London  :  Rivingtons,  34  King  Street,  Covent  Garden. 
ii.  1912. 


1 


Oxford  Church  Text  Books — Continued. 

The  Future  State.  The  Rev.  S.  C.  Gayford,  M.A., 

Vice- Principal  of  Bishops’  College,  Cheshunt. 

Evidences  of  Christianity.  The  Rev.  L.  Ragg,  M.A., 
Prebendary  and  Vice-Chancellor  of  Lincoln  Cathedral. 
Scottish  Church  History.  The  Right  Rev.  Anthony  Mitchell, 
Bishop  of  Aberdeen. 

The  Teaching-  of  our  Lord. 

The  Rev.  Leighton  Pullan,  M.A. 

A  Short  Introduction  to  the  Literature  of  the  Old  Testament. 
The  Rev.  G.  H.  Box,  M.A. ,  Rector  of  Sutton,  Beds.  ;  formerly 
Hebrew  Master  at  Merchant  Taylors’  School. 

The  Apostles’  Creed.  The  Rev.  A.  E.  Burn,  D.D., 

Vicar  of  Halifax  ;  Prebendary  of  Lichfield, 
and  Examining  Chaplain  to  the  Bishop  of  Lichfield. 

The  Nicene  Creed.  The  Rev.  A.  E.  Burn,  D.D. 

The  Athanasian  Creed.  The  Rev.  A.  E.  Burn,  D.D. 


THE  CHURCH  UNIVERSAL 
Brief  Histories  of  Her  Continuous  Life 

Edited  by  The  Ven.  W.  H.  HUTTON,  B.D., 
Archdeacon  of  Northampton  and  Canon  of  Peterborough. 
The  Church  of  the  Apostles. 

The  Rev.  Lonsdale  Ragg,  M.A,  4s.  6d.  net. 

The  Church  of  the  Fathers.  98-461. 

The  Rev.  Leighton  Pullan,  M.A.  5s.  net. 

The  Church  and  the  Barbarians.  461-1003. 

The  Editor.  3s.  6d.  net. 

The  Church  and  the  Empire.  1003-1304. 

D.  J.  Medley,  M.A. ,  Professor  of  History  in  the  University 
of  Glasgow.  4s.  6d.  net. 

The  Age  of  Schism.  1304-1503. 

Herbert  Bruce,  M.A. ,  Professor  of  History  in  the  Univer¬ 
sity  College,  Cardiff.  3s.  6d.  net. 

The  Reformation.  1503-1648. 

The  Rev.  J.  P.  Whitney,  B.D.,  Professor  of  Ecclesiastical 
History  at  King’s  College,  London.  5s.  net. 

The  Age  of  Revolution.  1648-1815. 

The  Editor.  4s.  6d.  net. 

The  Church  of  Modern  Days.  1815-1900. 

The  Rev.  Leighton  Pullan,  M.A. 


London  :  Rivingtons,  34  King  Street,  Covent  Garden. 


2 


& 

^Djfotrti  Cljttnlj  %tx t  BoofeS 


The  Teaching  of  Our  Lord 


BY 

THE  REV.  LEIGHTON  PULLAN,  M.A. 

FELLOW  AND  LECTURER  OF  ST.  JOHN  BAPTIST  COLLEGE 
AND  LECTURER  IN  THEOLOGY  AT  ORIEL  COLLEGE,  OXFORD 


RIVINGTONS 

34  KING  STREET ,  CO  VENT  GARTEN 
LONDON 
1908 


PREFACE 


This  little  book  is  an  attempt  to  provide  intelli¬ 
gent  readers  with  an  account  of  our  Lord’s  own 
teaching.  It  is  based  on  a  thoroughly  scientific 
study  of  the  Gospels  in  the  light  of  modern 
research.  The  author  has  tried  to  avoid  all  desire 
to  attain  apparent  simplicity  at  the  expense  of 
truth,  or  to  represent  ingenious  conjecture  as 
genuine  criticism.  The  Gospels  are  repeatedly 
quoted  throughout  the  book  in  a  manner  which  is 
intended  to  help  those  who  wish  to  read  the  New 
Testament  seriously  and  systematically. 


CONTENTS 


CHAP.  PAGE 

i.  The  Method  of  Christ’s  Teaching,  .  .  1 

ii.  Christ  and  the  Jewish  Law,  ...  13 

hi.  God  the  Father, . 24 

iv.  Our  Lord’s  Teaching  about  himself,  .  .  30 

v.  The  Kingdom  of  God, . 49 

vi.  The  Righteousness  of  the  Kingdom  of 

God— i., . 63 

vii.  The  Righteousness  of  the  Kingdom  of 

God— ii., . 74 

viii.  Our  Lord’s  Teaching  about  His  Death,  .  85 

ix.  The  Holy  Spirit  and  the  Church,  .  .  96 

x.  Our  Lord’s  Teaching  about  the  End  of  the 

World, . 109 

Index, . 122 


THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 


CHAPTER  I 

THE  METHOD  OF  CHRIST^  TEACHING 

How  Christ  taught. — The  Gospel  of  Jesus  Christ  was  not 
at  first  a  book,  but  a  spoken  message  in  which  heart 
spoke  to  heart.  He  might  have  written  a  collection  of 
laws  such  as  we  find  in  the  Hebrew  books  of  Deutero¬ 
nomy  or  Leviticus.  He  might  have  written  a  book  of 
wise  Hebrew  proverbs,  or  a  volume  of  moral  philosophy. 
But  He  seems  to  have  left  behind  Him  no  single  page. 
Only  once  is  it  recorded  that  He  wrote  a  sentence,  and 
it  was  written  on  the  dust  ( John  viii.  6).  The  teaching 
contained  in  our  four  Gospels  is  His  preaching  seized  at 
the  moment,  treasured  in  some  faithful  memory  or  other, 
and  written  down  at  different  periods  within  about  fifty 
years  after  His  death.  Sometimes  we  feel  compelled 
to  wonder  how  much  of  His  teaching  has  been  lost,  and 
sometimes  we  wonder  at  the  marvel  that  so  much  has 
been  preserved. 

All  the  sayings  of  our  Lord  which  we  now  possess 
might  be  slowly  read  within  the  space  of  two  days,  and 
it  is  more  than  probable  that  a  vast  number  of  sayings 
have  been  left  unrecorded.  And  yet  we  possess  so 
much.  The  period  of  His  teaching  was  less  than  three 
years,  whereas  Isaiah  and  Jeremiah,  the  greatest  of  the 
Hebrew  prophetical  writers,  worked  and  preached  for 
more  than  forty  years.  But  those  two  spaces  of  forty 
years  are  filled  with  comparatively  few  separate  dis¬ 
courses  and  incidents.  On  the  other  hand,  the  short 
ministry  of  Jesus  Christ  is  crowded  with  life  and  move¬ 
ment.  And  the  actual  words  which  are  recorded,  though 
few  in  number,  are  clear  and  strong  as  diamonds.  They 
are  themselves  the  secret  of  their  own  preservation,  and 
they  also  preserve  for  us  a  true  portrait  of  Jesus  Christ. 
Perhaps  men  will  always  in  some  degree  understand  our 

A 


2  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

Lord  differently.  The  writers  of  the  New  Testament  them¬ 
selves  understand  and  interpret  Him  differently.  This 
does  not  mean  that  they  do  not  understand  Him  truly. 
His  words  show  Him  to  be  so  unique  and  so  truly  divine 
that  every  man  who  has  the  spirit  of  moral  intuition  and 
the  spirit  of  prayer  finds  in  Jesus  all  that  is  best  and 
highest  for  himself.  And  all  such  will  say  to  Him, 

‘  Lord,  to  whom  shall  we  go  ?  Thou  hast  the  words  of 
eternal  life  ’  ( John  vi.  68).  Sometimes  a  great  genius  like 
Shakespeare  has  such  an  insight  into  the  varieties  of 
human  nature  that  he  is  able  in  a  few  hundred  lines  to 
create  a  clear  impression  of  the  characters  which  he  has 
invented.  But  only  of  Jesus  can  we  say  that  His  own 
few  sayings  leave  us  with  the  certainty  that  He  is  above 
all  time  and  change,  and  that  history  seems  already  to 
verify  His  words,  ‘  Heaven  and  earth  shall  pass  away, 
but  my  words  shall  not  pass  away/ 

f  Never  man  so  spake  ’  ( John  vii.  46)  was  the  verdict 
of  those  who  heard  the  Lord  Jesus.  He  employed 
several  different  methods  of  teaching,  but  in  all  these 
methods  we  find  a  freshness  and  a  force  which  are 
unique.  His  teaching  is  natural  as  well  as  super¬ 
natural,  and  authoritative  as  well  as  informal. 

The  Men  who  heard  Christ. — Why,  then,  did  the  Jews 
oppose  and  kill  Him?  To  answer  this  question  it  will 
be  necessary  both  to  show  by  instances  how  our  Lord 
used  the  Old  Testament,  and  to  estimate  the  whole 
nature  of  His  teaching.  We  must  know  something  of 
all  His  work  if  we  are  to  understand  why  men  opposed 
Him  then,  and  why  they  oppose  Him  now.  But  first 
it  will  be  useful  to  fix  our  attention  on  the  Jews  of 
Palestine.  It  is  hardly  necessary  for  us  to  consider  the 
Jews  of  the  Diaspora  (dispersion)  scattered  outside 
Palestine  among  different  heathen  populations.  These 
Jews  are  important  and  interesting  in  many  ways,  and 
especially  for  the  manner  in  which  they  prepared  for 
the  spread  of  Christianity  and  the  development  of  some 
parts  of  Christian  theology.  But  it  was  with  the  Jews  of 
Palestine  itself  that  our  Lord  was  concerned,  and  there¬ 
fore  we  must  devote  ourselves  to  this  portion  of  the 
race  alone. 

1.  The  Sadducees. — The  origin  of  the  name  fSadducee’ 
is  still  obscure.  But  there  is  no  doubt  as  to  the  views 


METHOD  OF  CHRIST’S  TEACHING 


O 

O 


and  aims  of  the  Sadducees.  They  were  both  priests  and 
aristocrats,  and  formed  a  small  but  powerful  political 
party.  The  high  priests  were  Sadducees.  They  had 
an  intense  dislike  of  novelty,  and  wished  to  maintain 
their  own  authority.  They  specially  revered  the  Penta¬ 
teuch.  The  peculiarities  of  their  doctrine  were  negative. 
They  denied  the  existence  of  angels  and  spirits,  and 
denied  the  resurrection,  personal  immortality,  and  the 
future  life.  Their  temper  was  worldly  and  materialistic, 
and  our  Lord  warned  His  disciples  against  it.  They 
demanded  to  know  His  authority  ( Mark  xi.  27),  sought 
to  destroy  Him,  and  tried  to  compromise  Him  in  the 
eyes  of  the  Romans  by  asking  Him  whether  it  was  lawful 
to  give  tribute  to  Csesar  {Luke  xx.  22).  And  they  vainly 
tried  to  discredit  His  teaching  by  proposing  to  Him  a 
riddle  about  the  resurrection  {Matt.  xxii.  23).  Their 
wdiole  rationalistic  attitude,  like  their  comfortable  cir¬ 
cumstances,  made  them  inclined  to  oppose  the  new 
Prophet. 

The  Herodians  seem  to  have  been  a  political  party 
anxious  to  support  the  rule  of  the  Herods,  and  there¬ 
fore  anxious  to  suppress  any  agitation  in  favour  of  the 
Messiah.  This  accounts  for  their  uniting  with  the 
Pharisees  to  secure  the  overthrow  of  our  Lord  {Matt. 
xxii.  16).  Their  principles  were  probably  nearer  to 
those  of  the  Sadducees  than  those  of  the  Pharisees. 

2.  The  Pharisees. — This  party  represented  the  essence 
of  patriotic  Judaism.  They  were  called  ( Pharisees/  or 
f  separated,’  because  they  separated  themselves  from  the 
Sadducee  court  party  between  b.c.  135  and  105.  They 
added  to  the  Pentateuch  many  traditions,  most  of  which 
the  Sadducees  rejected.  They  held  elaborate  doctrines 
about  immortality  and  good  and  evil  spirits  ;  they  be¬ 
lieved  a  doctrine  of  predestination  resembling  that  of 
St.  Paul ;  they  believed  in  God’s  government  of  His 
special  people  ;  they  were  active  missionaries,  and  they 
formed  a  separate  society  or  confraternity  of  their  own. 
To  this  party  belonged  most  of  the  Scribes,  or  profes¬ 
sional  students  of  the  Jewish  law  (see  p.  5).  Along  with 
a  considerable  amount  of  superstition  they  maintained 
most  of  what  was  good  in  Judaism.  But  they  illustrate 
admirably  the  way  in  which  the  good  may  become  the 
enemy  of  the  better.  The  desire  to  keep  Judaism  unde- 


4  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

filed  by  heathenism  caused  them  not  only  to  make  their 
ceremonial  stricter  and  stricter,  but  to  treat  with  the 
most  contemptuous  scorn  the  so-called  e  people  of  the 
land/  who  were  ignorant  of  Pharisaic  traditions.  And 
their  anxiety  for  the  victory  of  God’s  cause  made  them 
expect  a  material  national  kingdom  under  a  Messiah 
who  would  not  suffer,  but  would  reign  gloriously  over 
His  people. 

Nothing  can  be  clearer  than  the  causes  of  the  opposi¬ 
tion  of  the  Pharisees  to  Jesus  Christ.  They  opposed  Him 
because  He  disregarded  both  the  Jewish  law  and  their  own 
traditions,  mingling  freely  with  Samaritans,  tax-gatherers, 
and  social  outcasts.  What  they  reckoned  as  defilement, 
He  regarded  as  a  solemn  duty.  Secondly,  they  opposed 
Him  because  He  taught  that  He  was  the  Son  of  God 
and  Messiah,  and  a  suffering  Messiah.  The  divine  autho¬ 
rity  which  He  claimed  over  the  affairs  of  men,  and  His 
assertion  that  He  worked  miracles  as  the  Son  of  God 
and  by  the  Holy  Spirit,  aroused  their  strongest  antagon¬ 
ism.  He  disregarded  their  Sabbath  rules,  and  forgave 
sins.  He  set  aside  their  whole  theory  of  e  separation,’ 
and  their  theory  of  the  kingdom  of  God  ;  and  did  it  as 
being  one  with  God  himself. 

The  Zealots  were  the  most  extreme  and  violent  Phari¬ 
sees,  prepared  to  take  an  active  part  in  overthrowing 
Roman  rule.  One  of  the  Apostles  was  a  member  of 
their  party  {Matt.  x.  4  ;  Luke  vi.  15). 

3.  The  ‘  People  of  the  Land.’ — This  title  was  given  at 
this  period  to  the  common  people,  more  especially  those 
of  the  country  districts.  Just  as  the  word  e  pagan’  first 
meant  the  people  who  lived  in  villages,  and  then  acquired 
a  religious  meaning,  so  it  was  with  this  Jewish  phrase. 
It  was  used  by  the  Pharisees  to  signify  the  {  uncultured/ 
and  so  ‘irreligious.’  The  Pharisees  regarded  them  with 
a  detestation  which  is  exactly  reflected  in  the  saying, 
‘  This  multitude  which  knoweth  not  the  law  are  accursed  ’ 
{John  vii.  49).  The  rabbis  accuse  them  of  not  paying 
tithes,  not  wearing  phylacteries,  etc.  Even  at  their 
worst  they  were  to  Jesus  ‘the  lost  sheep  of  the  house 
of  Israel’  {Matt.  x.  6).  And  it  is  not  hard  to  believe 
that  in  secluded  regions,  such  as  the  liill-country  {Luke 
i.  39)  of  Judaea  and  Galilee,  there  were  many  simple 
God-fearing  hearts.  To  the  Pharisees  they  would  seem 


METHOD  OF  CHRIST’S  TEACHING  5 


barbarous,  and  even  wicked.  But  they  were  e  the  poor 
in  spirit  ’  beloved  by  God,  wistfully  looking-  for  the  con¬ 
solation  of  the  Messiah’s  coming.  Such  were  Zacharias 
and  Elisabeth^  Simeon  and  Anna.  And  such  most  truly 
were  Mary  and  Joseph,  as  we  find  them  depicted  in  the 
Gospels. 

4.  The  Essenes.— Near  the  Dead  Sea  there  were  the 
settlements  of  a  sect  called  Essenes.  They  were  influ¬ 
enced  by  some  forms  of  Oriental  paganism;  especially 
Persian.  They  had  their  goods  in  common;  and  led 
a  severely  ascetic  life.  They  greatly  revered  the  suii; 
and  practised  ceremonial  washings  of  a  more  than 
Pharisaic  minuteness.  It  is  doubtful  whether  our  Lord 
came  into  direct  contact  with  them. 

Our  Lord  in  the  Synagogues. — Our  Lord  began  His 
ministry  in  Galilee  by  ‘  teaching  in  their  synagogues 
and  preaching  the  gospel  of  the  kingdom’  {Matt.  iv.  23). 
In  the  synagogues;  so  long  as  they  were  open  to  Him, 
He  would  take  a  text  from  the  Old  Testament  and 
make  this  text  the  subject  of  His  address.  St.  Luke 
has  graphically  described  to  us  the  scene  at  Nazareth, 
where  f  he  entered,  as  his  custom  was,  into  the  syna¬ 
gogue  on  the  Sabbath  day,  and  stood  up  to  read.’  He 
opened  the  Book  of  Isaiah,  and  chose  as  His  text  the 
words  : 

fThe  Spirit  of  the  Lord  is  upon  me, 

Because  he  anointed  me  to  preach  good  tidings  to 
the  poor  : 

He  hath  sent  me  to  proclaim  release  to  the  captives, 
And  recovering  of  sight  to  the  blind. 

To  set  at  liberty  them  that  are  bruised  ; 

To  proclaim  the  acceptable  year  of  the  Lord.’ 

Then  we  are  told  how  He  closed  the  book,  gave  it  back  to 
the  attendant,  sat  down,  and  explained  that  this  scripture 
was  fulfilled  in  His  own  teaching  {Luke  iv.  16-30). 

His  teaching  in  the  synagogues  challenged  attention 
and  opposition.  f  They  were  astonished  at  his  teaching  : 
for  he  taught  them  as  having  authority,  and  not  as  the 
scribes’  {Mark  i.  22).  In  the  Judaism  of  this  period 
the  Scribes  were  indispensable  and  almost  ubiquitous. 
They  lectured  on  the  law,  they  taught  it  to  their  pupils, 
and  they  administered  it  in  the  Sanhedrin  and  other 
courts.  They  behaved  as  aristocrats  of  sacred  learning 


0  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

among-  tlie  country  people  who  ( know  not  the  law. 
But  they  could  not  speak  with  that  solemn  sense  of 
a  direct  divine  commission  which  marked  the  words  of 
Jesus ;  and  the  punctilious  care  which  they  gave  to 
developing  and  filling  up  the  law,  accumulating  pre¬ 
cedents  and  working  out  deductions,  was  so  different 
from  His  method  that  it  prejudiced  them  against  Him. 

The  Parables. — Perhaps  the  most  characteristic  method 
of  our  Lord’s  teaching  is  to  be  found  in  His  parables. 
It  is  very  remarkable  that  there  is  no  parable  in  the 
New  Testament  except  in  the  Gospels.  lhe  early 
Christians  seldom  attempted  to  imitate  the  parables 
of  their  Master.  And  when  they  attempted,  they  failed. 
The  parables  of  the  Old  Testament  are  very  few  and 
comparatively  poor  ;  those  of  the  Jewish  rabbis  are  not 
worthy  to  be  compared  with  those  of  Christ.  A  parable 
uses  some  event  in  nature  or  in  human  experience  in 
order  to  convey  some  religious  truth.  There  are  three 
kinds :  (a)  those  in  which  some  fact  in  the  outward 
world  is  mentioned  to  illustrate  a  religious  principle. 
These  are  brief  and  undeveloped  parables,  parables  in 
germ.  Such  are  the  sayings  :  (  They  that  are  whole  have 
no  need  of  a  physician,  but  they  that  are  sick  ’  ( Mark  ii. 
17);  fNo  man  seweth  a  piece  of  undressed  cloth  on  an 
old  garment’  ( Mark  ii.  21).  Sometimes  these  are  simply 
f  maxims  ’  of  condensed  moral  truth  {Matt.  xv.  14).  There 
are  ( b )  short  stories  told  to  make  some  moral  precept 
clearer.  The  four  best  examples  of  this  kind  of  parable 
are  the  story  of  the  good  Samaritan,  of  the  man  who 
trusted  in  his  riches,  of  Dives  and  Lazarus,  and  of  the 
Pharisee  and  Publican  {Luke  x.  29-37 ;  xii.  16-21  ; 
xvi.  19-31  ;  xviii.  9-14).  There  are  (c)  the  parables  of 
the  ordinary  kind,  vivid,  glowing  pictures,  full  of  life 
and  interest,  such  as  the  parable  of  the  sower  going 
forth  to  sow,  the  labourers  in  the  vineyard,  and  the 
prodigal  son.  These  two  latter  kinds  of  parable,  ( b )  and 
(c),  are  the  only  f  parables  ’  in  the  modern  English  sense 
of  the  word.  Both  compare  some  fact  of  the  spiritual 
life  with  some  parallel  fact  in  natural  life.  But  they 
differ,  because  the  first  kind  simply  uses  a  scene  or  story 
to  suggest  some  great  principle,  while  the  second  kind 
draws  a  fuller  parallel  between  the  two.  Parables  like 
those  in  the  great  series  in  Matt.  xiii.  are  stories  which 


METHOD  OF  CHRIST  S  TEACHING  7 

are  acted  on  two  different  stages  at  the  same  time.  On 
the  lower  stage  we  see  sowing  wheat,  harvest,  and  fish¬ 
ing  ;  on  the  higher  we  see  the  process  by  which  Christ 
saves  our  souls. 

Were  the  parables  ever  enigmas  ? — The  teaching  of  our 
Lord  was  intended  to  teach  and  help  every  one  who  was 
willing  to  be  taught,  and  was  ordinarily  simple  as  well  as 
profound.  A  great  deal  of  difficulty  has  therefore  been 
felt  with  regard  to  the  words  recorded  by  St.  Mark  after 
the  parable  of  the  sower  : 

e  And  when  he  was  alone,  they  that  were  about  him 
with  the  twelve  asked  of  him  the  parables.  And 
he  said  unto  them,  Unto  you  is  given  the 
mystery  of  the  kingdom  of  God  :  but  unto  them 
that  are  without,  all  things  are  done  in  parables  : 
that  seeing  they  may  see,  and  not  perceive;  and 
hearing  they  may  hear,  and  not  understand  ; 
lest  haply  they  should  turn  again,  and  it  should 
be  forgiven  them’  {Mark  iv.  10-12). 

Some  critics  have  supposed  that  these  texts  do  not 
accurately  represent  our  Lord’s  teaching,  and  some  have 
gone  so  far  as  to  say  that  they  were  invented  in  order  to 
find  a  reason  for  the  unbelief  of  the  Jews  and  their 
rejection  by  God.  But  such  explanations  as  these 
become  quite  unnecessary  when  we  understand  the 
circumstances  in  which  St.  Mark  records  these  words. 

The  Scribes,  Pharisees,  and  Herodians  had  already  to 
a  great  extent  rejected  our  Lord.  They  had  practically 
put  themselves  ‘  without,’  outside  the  kingdom  of  God, 
as  they  were  trying  to  put  Him  outside  their  synagogues 
and  to  destroy  Him.  The  greater  part  of  the  f  multitude  ' 
were  also  still  outside,  they  were  not  able  to  understand 
f  the  mystery  of  the  kingdom  of  God.’  No  one  regretted 
their  hardness  of  heart  so  truly  as  Jesus,  no  one  was  so 
willing  to  explain  the  truth  as  He„  But  His  teaching 
about  the  inward  and  spiritual  coming  of  God’s  kingdom 
and  the  gradual  nature  of  its  growth,  was  totally  different 
from  the  popular  conception.  The  people  expected 
some  outward  and  sudden  change.  The  disciples  were 
slowly  learning  to  appreciate  the  group  of  secrets  con¬ 
nected  with  the  coming  of  the  kingdom  and  its  signs. 
Others  had  not  the  same  moral  capacity  for  the  truth. 
Therefore  they  only  saw  the  parable  and  not  the  secret, 


8  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

they  saw  the  story  which  moved  on  the  lower  stage, 
but  not  the  drama  of  the  soul.  Thus  the  warning  ot 
Isaiah  was  fulfilled,  and  they  were  not  converted  (Isa.  vi. 
9-10).  The  lesson  is  the  same  as  that  taught  in  St. 
John’s  Gospel  (xii.  46-48).  The  Son  of  Man  did  not 
pass  any  outward  final  judgment  on  those  who  heard 
Him.  His  word  judged  them  automatically.  The  food 
which  was  meant  for  their  life  became  for  them  the  means 
of  destruction  when  by  self-will  or  sloth  they  counter¬ 
acted  its  effect.  It  is  the  same  whenever  we  misuse  the 
great  forces  of  nature.  Electricity  and  heat  can  be  used 
for  life  or  for  death. 

In  Matt.  xiii.  11  ff.  this  teaching  of  our  Lord  is  pre¬ 
sented  in  a  slightly  different  form.  He  does  not  lay 
stress  upon  the  result  so  much  as  the  fact  of  the 
people’s  failure  to  understand.  He  speaks  of  teaching 
in  parables  because  they  do  not  understand,  whereas  in 
Mark  He  speaks  of  their  only  seeing  the  outward  story 
with  the  result  that  they  .could  not  understand.  And  in 
Matthew  He  adds  the  words :  f  Whosoever  hath,  to  him 
shall  be  given,  and  he  shall  have  abundance  :  but  who¬ 
soever  hath  not,  from  him  shall  be  taken  away  even  that 
which  he  hath.’  There  will  always  be  something 
esoteric  in  the  teaching  of  our  Lord.  Only  he  fthat 
hath  ears  to  hear  ’  will  hear.  That  there  is  a  real 
mystery  about  the  laws  of  God’s  kingdom  and  the  means 
by  which  it  is  to  come,  is  surely  proved  by  the  fact  that 
earnest  men  have  not  wholly  agreed  as  to  those  laws  and 
means.  And  yet  it  remains  true  that  the  nearer  men  live  to 
Jesus,  the  more  they  understand  the  mystery.  It  was  His 
desire  that  men  should  grow  in  understanding,  and  there¬ 
fore  we  are  told  f  with  many  such  parables  spake  he  the 
word  unto  them,  as  they  were  able  to  hear  it  ’  ( Mark  iv.  33). 

Parables  in  St.  John’s  Gospel. — There  are  some  parables 
in  St.  John’s  Gospel  which  are  called  by  another  Greek 
name  (see  John  x.  6  ;  cf.  xvi.  25,  29).  They  employ  a 
method  of  comparison  by  which  our  Lord  reveals  some 
great  feature  of  His  character  or  Person.  In  this  way 
He  describes  Himself  as  the  Good  Shepherd,  the  Door  of 
the  sheep,  the  Vine,  and  the  Light  of  the  world.  In 
these  sayings  the  metaphor  and  the  object  described  by 
it  are  blended  together,  as  a  painter  might  mix  two  or 
more  colours  to  represent  a  single  flesh-tint.  They  are 


METHOD  OF  CHRIST’S  TEACHING  9 

what  we  should  call  in  modern  language,  allegories.  Thus, 
when  our  Lord  calls  Himself  ‘  the  Door  of  the  sheep, 
He  means  that  it  is  only  through  Him  that  we  can  enter 
into  the  Church  of  God. 

Discourses  in  St.  John’s  Gospel. — St.  Justin  Martyr,  an 
important  Christian  writer  who  was  horn  near  a.d.  100, 
describes  part  of  Christ’s  teaching  in  the  following 
sentence  :  ‘The  words  that  He  spoke  are  short  and  con¬ 
cise  ;  for  He  was  not  a  sophist.’  It  has  often  been 
argued  that  this  description  does  not  apply  to  the  dis¬ 
courses  of  Christ  in  St.  John’s  Gospel,  lliese  discourses 
have  been  represented  as  long  monotonous  arguments 
which  are  mere  variations  of  a  particular  doctrine  about 
our  Lord’s  divine  nature.  It  is  even  said  that  if  He 
uttered  the  short  pithy  sentences  which  He  utters  in  the 
other  Gospels,  He  could  not  have  spoken  as  He  speaks 
in  the  fourth  Gospel.  And  we  are  told  to  make  our 
choice,  and  warned  that  if  the  sayings  in  the  other 
Gospels  are  genuine  those  in  the  fourth  Gospel  are 
invented. 

All  this  criticism  is  exaggerated  and  prejudiced.  St. 
John  never  pretends  that  he  is  doing  more  than  giving  a 
selection  of  our  Lord’s  doings  (see  xxi.  25).  And,  as 
a  matter  of  fact,  the  actual  sayings  in  John  are  no  longer 
than  those  in  Matthew.  They  also  include  a  very  large 
number  of  pithy,  pregnant  sayings  such  as,  ‘Make  not 
my  Father’s  house  a  house  of  merchandise’  (ii.  16); 
‘  Whosoever  drinketh  of  the  water  that  I  shall  give  him 
shall  never  thirst’  (iv.  14);  ‘Ye  shall  know  the  truth, 
and  the  truth  shall  make  you  free’  (viii.  32).  St.  John 
never  represents  our  Lord  as  talking  like  a  professional 
Greek  debater  or  orator.  Nor  are  these  discourses 
really  monotonous.  They  have  been  condensed  and 
shaped  to  some  extent  by  the  evangelist’s  own  spiritual 
experience.  But  they  are  true  discourses  of  Jesus,  in 
spite  of  the  fact  that  we  are  sometimes  left  in  doubt  as 
to  where  the  evangelist’s  record  ends  and  his  own 
reflection  on  that  record  begins  (an  instance  is  in  iii.  27- 
36).  To  accuse  them  of  monotony  is  like  complaining  of 
the  monotony  of  the  sky  with  all  its  delicate  changes 
of  movement  and  colour.  Certainly  there  is  no  mono¬ 
tony  in  a  dialogue  such  as  our  Lord’s  conversation  with 
the  woman  of  Samaria,  or  His  words  with  the  Jews  about 


10  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

circumcising'  on  the  Sabbath  day,  or  His  answer  to  their 
charge  that  He  is  possessed  by  a  devil,  or  to  their  claim 
to  be  Abraham’s  children.  And  the  longer  discourses, 
such  as  that  in  the  synagogue  in  Capernaum  in  chap.  vi. 
and  His  last  discourses  with  His  disciples  in  chap,  xiv.- 
xvi.,  are  wholly  worthy  of  our  Lord.  It  is  quite  true 
that  the  simple  moral  teaching  of  the  other  Gospels  is 
left  behind,  and  doctrinal  teaching  about  the  relation 
between  Christ  and  His  followers  is  in  the  foreground. 
But  it  was  natural  that  one  form  of  discourse  should 
have  been  used  by  our  Lord  to  supplement  the  other. 

The  other  evangelists  record  the  failure  of  the  mass  of 
the  people  to  understand  the  meaning  of  the  parables. 
And  this  prepares  us  naturally  for  the  fact  that  in  the 
fourth  Gospel  a  misunderstanding  on  the  part  of  His 
hearers  is  the  occasion  of  the  continuance  of  the  dis¬ 
courses  related  by  St.  John.  Nicodemus  does  not 
understand  how  a  man  can  be  ‘born  again’  (iii.  4),  the 
Jews  do  not  understand  how  Jesus  is  the  Bread  that 
came  down  from  heaven  (vi.  41),  or  how  Abraham  has 
already  seen  His  day  (viii.  56  f.).  All  this  is  probable. 
On  the  one  hand  there  was  His  perfect  intuition  into 
heavenly  things,  and  on  the  other  hand  their  crude  and 
carnal  understanding.  And  as  in  St.  Mark’s  Gospel 
Jesus  asks  even  His  own  disciples,  ‘Do  ye  not  yet  per¬ 
ceive,  neither  understand?5  (viii.  17,  18),  so  it  is  here. 
His  gentle  rebuke  of  Philip  (xiv.  9),  and  of  Thomas  (xx. 
27),  show  that  it  is  the  same  Master  speaking  to  the 
same  men  who  were  so  ‘slow  of  heart.’ 

Paradoxical  and  Symbolic  Language. — The  character¬ 
istics  of  two  different  types  of  the  teaching  given  by  our 
Lord  require  special  notice.  The  first  is  His  use  of 
language  which  must  have  arrested  attention,  and  still 
arrests  attention,  by  its  bold  and  forcible  nature.  Its 
very  boldness  and  unexpected  form  necessarily  suggest 
new  truth.  Such  sayings  are  not  only  strong  but  also 
illuminating.  ‘  He  that  humbleth  himself  shall  be  ex¬ 
alted  ’ ;  ‘Ye  cannot  serve  God  and  Mammon’  ( i.e .  riches); 

‘  Many  are  called,  but  few  chosen,’  are  instances  of  the 
simpler  kind  of  His  wise  sayings.  Still  stronger  and 
stranger  are  such  sayings  as — ‘  Whosoever  would  save  his 
life  shall  lose  it’;  ‘If  any  man  would  go  to  law  with 
thee,  and  take  away  thy  coat,  let  him  have  thy  cloke 


METHOD  OF  CHRIST’S  TEACHING  11 

also’  ;  fIf  any  man  cometh  unto  me,  and  hateth  not  his 
own  father,  and  mother,  and  wife,  and  children,  and 
brethren,  and  sisters,  yea,  and  his  own  life  also,  he  can¬ 
not  be  my  disciple.’  This  language  is  partly  symbolic. 
The  truth  is  embodied  in  a  form  which  arrests  attention, 
and  each  one  has  to  consider  the  lesson  which  this  form 
is  meant  to  convey  personally  to  himself.  Still  more 
symbolic  are  the  sayings  in  which  our  Lord  declares  that 
the  right  eye  must  be  plucked  out,  or  the  right  hand  cut 
off,  if  it  causes  us  to  stumble  {Matt.  v.  29).  Our  Lord 
means  that  nothing,  however  close  or  dear,  must  be 
permitted  to  influence  us,  if  its  influence  hinders  our 
spiritual  progress.  In  the  same  way  He  speaks  of  faith 
as  able  to  remove  a  mountain  {Matt.  xxi.  21).  By  this 
He  means  indeed  that  His  immediate  disciples  will  be 
given  a  great  power  of  commanding  physical  nature,, 
as  proved  to  be  the  case.  But  His  words  also  imply  that 
through  the  strength  gained  by  faith  and  prayer  we  can 
accomplish  what  appears  to  be  impossible  in  spiritual 
matters. 

A  second  characteristic  is  that  our  Lord,  living  as  a 
Jew  among  Jews,  accommodated  His  language  to  their 
comprehension.  His  language  is  essentially  Jewish. 
And  the  fact  that  the  evangelists  record  it  in  a  Jewish 
form  is  a  plain  proof  that  the  teaching  of  Jesus  is  not 
the  invention  of  a  later  period.  For  the  Church  soon 
became  far  more  Greek  than  Jewish.  And  no  Greek 
would  of  his  own  accord  have  represented  Christ  as 
using  such  distinctly  Hebrew  phrases  as  ‘  I  beheld  Satan 
fallen  from  heaven’  {Luke  x.  18),  or  c  Ye  shall  sit  upon 
twelve  thrones,  judging  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel’ 
{Matt.  xix.  28)  ;  and  we  may  be  sure  that  no  Greek  would 
have  invented  the  passage  where  our  Lord  makes  use 
of  the  popular  Jewish  distinction  between  Jews  as 
f  children’  and  Gentiles  as  f  dogs’  {Mark  \  ii.  27).  Our 
Lord  uses  the  ordinary  language  of  His  contemporaries. 
But  He  repeatedly  uses  it  in  order  to  put  a  new  meaning 
into  it.  Sometimes,  in  fact,  it  is  merely  a  necessary 
scaffolding  wherein  He,  the  Wisdom  of  God,  builds  His 
house. 

Symbolic  Actions. — Our  Lord  not  only  uttered  symbolic 
words,  but  also  did  symbolic  actions.  In  so  doing  He 
was  acting  as  a  Prophet.  The  prophets  of  the  Old 


12  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

Testament  by  God’s  command  sometimes  performed 
dramatic  actions  in  order  to  declare  some  particular 
message  to  the  people.  Three  instances  may  here  be 
mentioned.  Ahijah  the  Shilonite  tore  up  a  new  garment 
in  the  presence  of  Jeroboam  to  show  the  approaching 
division  of  the  kingdom  (1  Kings  xi.  29-32).  Isaiah 
walked  for  three  years  without  his  upper  garment  and 
barefoot  to  foretell  the  captivity  of  Egypt  and  Ethiopia, 
two  powers  in  which  many  Jews  foolishly  trusted  (Isa. 
xx.  1-6).  Jeremiah  broke  in  pieces  an  earthen  bottle  at 
Topheth  as  a  sign  that  God  will  break  the  nation  in 
pieces  (Jer.  xix.  10). 

Some  of  our  Lord’s  signs  are  no  less  dramatic.  Thus 
He  cleansed  the  Temple,  overturning  the  tables  of  the 
money-changers  and  driving  out  the  merchants  with  a 
scourge  of  cords  (John  ii.  14).  He  cursed  the  barren 
fig-tree  which  had  a  fair  show  of  leaves  but  no  fruit,  in 
order  to  warn  His  disciples  against  a  spiritual  deadness 
like  that  of  Jerusalem  with  its  outward  piety  and  inward 
hardness  (Mark  xi.  13).  His  last  entry  into  Jerusalem 
on  Palm  Sunday  was  a  symbolic  act  of  high  importance, 
emphasising  His  claim  to  be  the  Messiah  (Mark  xi.  8). 

Of  a  somewhat  different  nature  is  the  washing  of  His 
disciples’  feet  by  our  Lord,  in  order  to  teach  them  the 
duty  of  mutual  humble  service  (John  xiii.  12).  We  find 
too  both  in  Mark  viii.  22-26  and  John  ix.  6  our  Lord 
touches  the  eyes  of  the  blind  men  before  healing  them; 
and  apparently  to  encourage  the  blind,  who,  as  Orientals 
were  familiar  with  that  form  of  remedy,  touched  the  eyes 
with  saliva.  A  final  instance  of  symbolic  action  is  the 
case  of  our  Lord’s  breathing  upon  His  disciples  when  on 
the  evening  after  His  resurrection  He  gave  them  the 
gift  of  the  Holy  Ghost  and  the  power  of  forgiving  sins 
(John  xx.  21  f.).  To  men  who  knew  the  Old  Testament, 
this  breathing  would  suggest  God  communicating  life  to 
nature  both  at  the  creation  of  the  world  and  at  other 
times.  The  breath  of  God  meant  a  manifestation  of  His 
power. 

That  all  the  miracles  of  Jesus  were  signs  is  also  true. 
But  they  were  not  signs  in  the  sense  of  astonishing 
prodigies,  such  as  His  hearers  sometimes  desired.  They 
were  revelations  of  the  moral  power  of  God  to  save  the 
souls  and  bodies  of  His  children. 


CHAPTER  II 


CHRIST  AND  THE  JEWISH  LAW 

Reverence  for  the  Old  Testament. — Our  Lord  Jesus  Christ 
brought  His  message  to  a  people  who  already  believed  in 
God,  and  believed  that  God  had  already  spoken  to  them 
by  other  messengers.  Even  the  Samaritans,  who  rejected 
the  later  prophets,  were  sure  that  the  voice  of  God  had 
come  to  the  ancient  patriarchs  such  as  Jacob,  and  to 
Moses,  whose  laws  they  reverenced.  And  our  Lord  took 
His  stand  upon  the  Old  Testament.  Ihe  whole  volume 
of  the  canonical  books  of  the  Old  testament  was  not 
finally  put  together  by  the  Jews  into  one  collected 
volume  until  a  short  time  after  the  destruction  of 
Jerusalem  at  a  council  held  at  Jamnia  soon  after  a.d. 
70.  But  it  is  quite  certain  that  most  of  the  books  were 
already  regarded  as  forming  a  sacred  f  canon  or  list  of 
inspired  writings,  and  it  is  probable  that  the  remaining 
books  were  already  commonly  regarded  by  thoughtful 
Jews  as  part  of  the  same  canon.  Our  Lord  himself  is 
shown  in  the  Gospels  to  have  studied  the  Old  testament 
deeply,  and  to  have  quoted  it  freely.  1  he  Gospels  record 
twenty-one  quotations  made  by  our  Lord  from  the  Jewish 
prophets  ;  and  though  He  sets  aside  part  of  the  teaching 
of  Moses,  He  assumes  that  the  authority  of  Moses  had 
been  valid.  He  took  for  granted  the  religious  truths 
implied  in  the  Old  Testament  with  regard  to  God  and 
creation,  man  and  God’s  care  for  man,  and  God  s  pur¬ 
pose  to  help  the  world  by  means  of  His  special  gifts  to 
the  people  of  Israel.  He  treated  the  history  of  the  Old 
Testament  and  the  utterances  of  the  Hebrew  prophets  as 
a  preparation  for  His  own  coming  into  the  world.  He 
used  it  to  explain  His  own  mission  and  to  illuminate  His 
own  death.  He  fed  His  own  soul  upon  its  holiest, 
strongest,  and  most  tender  verses.  He  knew  that  a 
special  revelation  had  been  given  to  the  Jews,  the 
Father  of  whom  He  spoke  was  the  God  whom  the  Jews 


14  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

worshipped.  It  was  a  revelation  so  much  fuller  and 
clearer  than  any  other  nation  possessed,  that  He  said  to 
the  Samaritan  woman:  cYe  [Samaritans]  worship  that 
which  ye  know  not:  we  [Jews]  worship  that  which  we 
know  :  for  salvation  is  from  the  Jews’  ( John  iv.  22). 

The  Old  Testament  and  false  tradition. — Our  Lord 
taught  that  the  Old  Testament  contained  ‘the  word  of 
God  ’  and  ‘  the  commandment  of  God  ’  ( Mark  vii. 
13,  8,  9).  In  the  very  passage  where  He  speaks  in  this 
manner.  He  insists  on  the  contrast  between  the  word  of 
God  and  the  perversion  of  it  by  the  Pharisees: 

‘Full  well  do  ye  reject  the  commandment  of  God, 
that  ye  may  keep  your  tradition.  For  Moses 
said,  Honour  thy  father  and  thy  mother  ;  and.  He 
that  speaketh  evil  of  father  or  mother,  let  him 
die  the  death  :  but  ye  say.  If  a  man  shall  say  to 
his  father  or  his  mother,  That  wherewith  thou 
mightest  have  been  profited  by  me  is  Corban, 
that  is  to  say,  Given  to  God  ;  ye  no  longer 
suffer  him  to  do  aught  for  his  father  or  his 
mother  ;  making  void  the  word  of  God  by  your 
tradition,  which  ye  have  delivered  :  and  many 
such  like  things  ye  do’  ( Mark  vii.  9-13). 

This  chapter  in  Mark  is  of  very  great  importance  for 
the  clear  and  sharp  distinction  which  it  draws  between 
the  interpretation  of  the  Old  Testament  given  by  our 
Lord  and  that  given  by  the  Pharisees  and  the  Scribes  of 
Jerusalem  (vii.  1).  And  it  deals  with  an  important  stage 
in  our  Lord’s  ministry.  It  is  soon  after  the  beginning  of 
the  middle  period  which  opened  about  the  time  of 
Passover  a.d.  28,  when  the  zeal  of  the  populace  for 
Jesus  reached  its  high  tide  and  began  to  ebb  away,  and 
when  St.  Peter  in  the  name  of  the  disciples  made  his 
great  confession  of  belief  in  Jesus  as  the  Son  of  God. 
But  Christ’s  attitude  was  always  the  same  towards  both 
the  spirit  and  the  letter  of  those  Pharisaic  additions  to 
the  rules  of  the  Old  Testament.  It  was  the  attitude  of 
stern  hostility  towards  a  mere  parade  service  which  was 
performed  without  the  heart  drawing  any  nearer  to  God. 
The  religious  observances  of  His  own  disciples  are  to  be 
essentially  different.  Their  almsgiving,  their  prayers, 
and  their  fasting,  must  not  be  directed  towards  the  eyes 
of  human  observers : 


CHRIST  AND  THE  JEWISH  LAW  15 


‘  When  therefore  thou  doest  alms,  sound  not  a 
trumpet  before  thee,  as  the  hypocrites  do  in 
the  synagogues  and  in  the  streets,  that  they  may 
have  glory  of  men.  Verily  I  say  unto  you. 
They  have  received  their  reward  ’  {Matt.  vi.  2). 

It  is  neither  difficult  nor  unprofitable  to  secure  applause 
by  an  outlay  of  this  kind.  But  its  religious  value  is  less 
than  nothing. 

Pharisaism  denounced. — In  Matt,  xxiii.  our  Lord  utters 
a  tremendous  closing  denunciation  of  the  Scribes  and 
Pharisees.  It  opens  with  the  somewhat  startling  state¬ 
ment,  fThe  scribes  and  the  Pharisees  sit  on  Moses’  seat ; 
all  things  therefore  whatsoever  they  bid  you,  these  do 
and  observe.’  It  is  plain  from  the  verses  which  follow 
that  our  Lord  cannot  mean  more  than  that  they  are  to 
be  obeyed  when  they  are  true  to  the  Old  Testament 
itself.  He  goes  on  to  scourge  the  sins  of  the  Scribes  and 
Pharisees  with  words  of  fire.  He  repeats  His  old  charge 
against  them.  The  religion  is  a  play  f  done  to  be  seen  of 
men.’  It  is  to  be  seen  and  admired  for  their  orthodoxy 
that  they  make  broad  the  phylacteries  and  the  symbolical 
borders  of  their  garments.  It  is  to  assert  their  personal 
authority  that  they  love  the  chief  seats  in  the  synagogues, 
and  the  title  of  *  rabbi.’  Their  moral  theology  was 
trickery,  allowing  men  to  swear  by  the  Temple  and  then 
break  their  oath  with  impunity,  while  asserting  that  to 
swear  by  the  gold  of  the  Temple  was  a  really  binding 
oath.  They  were  indeed  right  to  give  to  God  tithes  even 
of  herbs  such  as  mint  and  anise.  But  so  pedantic  was 
their  regard  for  these  trifles  that  they  had  forgotten 
6 judgement,  and  mercy,  and  faith.’  Jesus  himself  con¬ 
formed  to  many  of  the  ritual  requirements  of  the  Mosaic 
Law.  When  the  element  of  liberty  in  His  teaching  was 
noticed,  some  doubt  was  felt  as  to  whether  He  would  pay 
for  the  support  of  the  Temple.  But  He  instructed  St. 
Peter  to  pay  for  them  both  the  half-shekel  which  every 
Jew  paid  {Matt.  xvii.  24).  He  also,  when  He  healed  a 
leper,  said,  fGo  thy  way,  shew  thyself  to  the  priest,  and 
offer  the  gifts  that  Moses  commanded,  for  a  testimony 
unto  them  ’  {Matt.  viii.  4).  These  instances  help  us  to 
understand  how  it  might  be  right  for  the  hearers  of  our 
Lord  to  obey  even  the  Scribes  and  Pharisees.  And  yet, 
by  their  very  desertion  of  the  inward  spirit  of  the  noblest 


16  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUll  LORD 

parts  of  the  teaching  of  Moses,  they  brought  upon  them¬ 
selves  Christ’s  condemnation.  After  He  had  taught  that 
defilement  was  really  inward  and  not  outward  we  are 
told  : 

f  Then  came  the  disciples  and  said  unto  him, 
Knowest  thou  that  the  Pharisees  were  offended, 
when  they  heard  this  saying  ?  But  he  answered 
and  said,  Every  plant  which  my  heavenly 
Father  planted  not,  shall  be  rooted  up.  Let 
them  alone :  they  are  blind  guides.  And  if 
the  blind  guide  the  blind,  both  shall  fall  into 
a  pit’  {Matt.  xv.  12-14). 

Is  the  whole  Law  permanent  ? — The  above  passages  show 
how  deep  a  line  of  cleavage  our  Lord  drew  between  ‘  the 
law  of  God’  contained  in  the  Old  Testament  and  the 
Jewish  Halacha  or  ‘tradition  of  men.’  Did  He  then 
sanction  the  whole  of  the  teaching  contained  in  the  Old 
Testament  and  regard  it  as  a  law  for  all  time?  There 
are  some  verses  which  seem  to  answer  that  He  did  thus 
sanction  it  all.  He  said,  ‘Verily  I  say  unto  you,  fill 
heaven  and  earth  pass  away,  one  jot  or  one  tittle  shall 
in  no  wise  pass  away  from  the  law,  till  all  things  be 
accomplished.  Whosoever  therefore  shall  break  one  of 
these  least  commandments,  and  shall  teach  men  so,  shall 
be  called  least  in  the  kingdom  of  heaven  ;  but  whosoever 
shall  do  and  teach  them,  he  shall  be  called  great  in  the 
kingdom  of  heaven’  {Matt.  v.  19).  No  assertion  could 
be  more  emphatic,  and  yet  it  seems  at  first  sight  to  be 
inconsistent  with  several  commandments  which  He  him¬ 
self  issued,  especially  with  regard  to  the  laws  of  revenge 
and  divorce.  The  contradiction,  however,  can  be  done 
away  if  one  condition  is  fulfilled.  If  there  exists  some 
law  within  the  law,  so  far-reaching  as  to  penetrate 
everything  that  Moses  and  all  the  devout  writers  of  the 
Old  Testament  directed  to  be  done,  and  ablejo  complete 
all  that  they  left  incomplete,  the  contradiction  dis¬ 
appears.  This  law  within  the  law  is  love.  And  Jesus 
reissued  the  law  in  a  developed  and  perfect  form  because 
He  showed  us  the  character  of  perfect  love  : 

‘And  one  of  the  scribes  came,  and  heard  them 
questioning  together,  and  knowing  that  he  had 
answered  them  well,  asked  him,  What  command¬ 
ment  is  the  first  of  all?  Jesus  answered,  The 


CHRIST  AND  THE  JEWISH  LAW  17 

first  is.  Hear,  O  Israel ;  The  Lord  our  God,  the 
Lord  is  one :  and  thou  shalt  love  the  Lord  thy 
God  with  all  thy  heart,  and  with  all  thy  soul, 
and  with  all  thy  mind,  and  with  all  thy  strength. 
The  second  is  this.  Thou  shalt  love  thy  neigh¬ 
bour  as  thyself’  ( Mark  xii.  28-31). 

The  Scribe  who  questioned  Jesus  seems  to  have 
assumed  that  some  commandments  in  the  law  are  in¬ 
significant  and  some  significant,  and  if  so,  which  is  the 
most  significant?  Our  Lord  meets  the  questioner  on 
his  own  ground.  He  seems  to  say,  ‘  Yes,  there  is  one 
commandment  more  important  than  all  others  ;  not  in 
the  sense  which  you  mean  but  in  a  deeper  sense  ;  the 
essential  duty  is  the  duty  of  love,  and  the  command  to 
love  is  the  greatest  commandment.’  And  the  Scribe 
understood,  and  declared  that  to  love  God  and  one’s 
neighbour  ‘  is  much  more  than  all  whole  burnt-offerings 
and  sacrifices.’  By  laying  down  these  principles  as  the 
real  basis  of  duty  our  Lord  was  able  to  say  with  truth  : 

‘Think  not  that  I  came  to  destroy  the  law  or  the 
prophets ;  I  came  not  to  destroy  but  to  fulfil  ’ 
{Matt.  v.  17). 

By  ‘fulfil’  our  Lord  here  means  ‘  bring  to  full  perfec¬ 
tion  ’  by  His  own  teaching.  We  notice  at  once  that  while 
the  ordinary  Jewish  theology  of  the  time  made  the  legal 
enactments  of  far  greater  importance  than  the  prophets, 
our  Lord  brings  the  prophets  into  the  same  prominence 
as  the  law.  The  Scribes  added  new  precepts  to  the 
law  ;  our  Lord  did  not  add  but  subtract.  But  to  all  that 
He  retained  He  gave  an  intensified  and  more  spiritual 
meaning.  In  their  literal  sense  ‘the  law  and  the  pro¬ 
phets  were  until  John’  {Luke  xvi.  16),  and  were  then 
superseded  by  the  Gospel.  But  their  moral  teaching 
was  not  discarded  but  absorbed  by  the  Gospel ;  and  this 
absorption  was  accompanied  by  an  abrogation  of  cere¬ 
monial  rules  which  makes  the  yoke  of  Jesus  ‘easy  ’  and 
His  burden  ‘light’  to  all  who  have  learned  His  spirit 
{Matt.  xi.  30). 

A  few  illustrations  will  now  be  given  in  order  to  show 
how  our  Lord  sometimes  abrogated  and  sometimes  sanc¬ 
tioned  the  Jewish  law. 

Some  ceremonial  laws  abolished. — The  law  had  pre¬ 
scribed  in  detail  what  kinds  of  food  defiled  the  person 


B 


18  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

who  ate  them.  Our  Lord,  on  the  other  hand,  sgid, 

‘  There  is  nothing  from  without  the  man,  that  going 
into  him  can  defile  him  :  but  the  things  which  proceed 
out  of  the  man  are  those  that  defile  the  man  ( Mark  vii. 
15).  This  is  not  a  mere  criticism  and  condemnation  of 
Pharisaic  additions  to  the  law.  It  is  a  great  maxim 
which  overthrew  the  whole  of  the  ancient  Hebrew  con¬ 
ception  of  the  ceremonial  cleanness  or  uncleanness  of 
food.  Christ  refuses  to  sanction  a  religious  distinction 
between  clean  and  unclean,  except  in  the  sphere  of 
morality.  It  is  not  a  sign  of  indifference  towards  the 
good  of  cleanliness,  nor  is  it  a  repudiation  of  the  moral 
usefulness  of  self-denial  in  matters  of  food.  But  it  is  the 
assertion  that  food  as  such,  all  of  it  created  by  the 
one  good  God,  cannot  be  divided  into  pure  and  impure. 
St.  Mark  perceived  the  wide  application  of  the  maxim, 
as  is  shown  by  his  comment,  ‘  This  he  said,  making  all 
meats  clean.’  And  then  St.  Mark  records  the  words  of 
Jesus,  ‘That  which  proceedeth  out  of  the  man,  that 
defileth  the  man.’  Foul  and  cruel  thoughts  and  acts, 
deceit,  pride  and  foolishness,  ‘  defile  the  man.’  This  is 
the  principle  for  which  St.  Paul  contended  against  his 
Jewish  and  half- Jewish  opponents.  He  says  to  the 
Romans,  ‘The  kingdom  of  God  is  not  eating  and  drinking, 
but  righteousness  and  peace  and  joy  in  the  Holy  Ghost’ 
{Bom.  xiv.  17). 

In  order  to  avoid  all  risk  of  contamination,  the  Jews 
used  an  elaborate  system  of  ablutions,  both  of  the  person 
and  of  vessels  employed.  The  purification  of  vessels 
alone  occupies  thirty  chapters  of  a  book  of  the  Jewish 
Mishna.  In  John  ii.  6  we  find  a  reference  to  six  stone 
water-pots  for  the  water  of  purification  at  the  marriage 
at  Cana  in  Galilee.  If  their  hands  were  ceremonially 
clean  the  Jews  washed  them  before  eating,  and  washed 
them  twice  if  they  were  known  to  be  unclean.  Some 
washed  their  hands  between  the  courses  of  a  meal.  Such 
attention  was  paid  to  this  exterior  cleanliness  that  the 
need  of  inward  purity  was  obscured.  The  Mohammedan 
religion,  which  is  a  mixture  of  corrupted  Judaism  and 
corrupted  Christianity,  shows  us  the  danger  of  the 
Pharisaic  views  about  cleanliness,  for  it  teaches  that  a 
man’s  prayers  are  invalid  if  his  ablutions  have  not  been 
performed  correctly.  Our  Lord’s  teaching  on  this 


CHRIST  AND  THE  JEWISH  LAW  19 

subject  went  to  the  root  of  the  question  of  purity,  and 
in  so  doing  cut  through  the  ceremonial  law  of  the 
Pentateuch. 

The  laws  of  the  Sabbath  corrected. — For  the  orthodox 
Jew  the  Sabbath  bristled  with  conscientious  difficulties, 
and  our  Lord’s  treatment  of  the  Sabbath  was  narrowly 
watched  by  His  critics.  Properly  considered,  the  Sabbath 
as  a  weekly  day  ol  rest  and  worship  was  a  blessing  to 
man  and  beast.  Rut  the  Pharisees  had  done  much  to 
make  it  into  a  troublesome  burden.  Jesus  therefore 
came  constantly  into  collision  with  the  Jews  on  this 
question.  One  Sabbath  day  Jesus  and  His  disciples  were 
crossing  some  corn-fields.  The  disciples  while  walking 
plucked  the  ears  of  corn  to  eat.  This  was  permitted  by 
the  law  ( Deut .  xxiii.  25),  no  doubt  as  a  humane  concession 
to  the  wants  of  poor  and  hungry  people.  But  according 
to  one  of  the  refinements  of  Pharisaic  interpretation,  to 
pluck  the  ears  was  equivalent  to  reaping,  and  to  rub 
them  in  the  hands  was  threshing.  And  this  was  for¬ 
bidden  on  the  Sahbath.  In  reply  Jesus  showed  from  an 
incident  in  the  life  of  David  that  a  law  with  regard  to 
eating  might  be  broken  when  it  clashed  with  the  need 
of  supporting  life.  And  then  He  laid  down  the  principle 
that  ‘  the  Sabbath  was  made  for  man,  and  not  man  for 
the  Sabbath’  ( Mark  ii.  27).  This  does  not  abrogate  the 
Sabbath,  but  it  repudiates  all  rules  which  make  the 
Sabbath  injurious  to  the  real  needs  and  true  interests  of 
man. 

Another  instance  is  to  be  found  in  Mark  iii.  1-G.  It 
is  the  question  which  was  often  raised,  that  of  the  right 
to  heal  on  the  Sabbath.  Christ  was  in  a  synagogue  where 
there  was  present  a  man  with  a  withered  hand.  The 
Pharisees  watched  Him  with  the  intention  of  finding 
Him  guilty  of  some  misdemeanour  which  would  make  it 
possible  for  them  to  bring  about  His  death.  He  de¬ 
liberately  asked  them,  ‘Is  it  lawful  on  the  Sabbath  day 
to  do  good,  or  to  do  harm?’  The  Pharisees  could  not 
deny  that  it  might  be  lawful  to  do  good,  for  they  them¬ 
selves  held  that  a  neighbour  might  be  assisted,  if  his  life 
was  in  danger.  They  held  their  peace.  And  our  Lord 
pressed  the  point  home  to  His  hearers  by  asking,  ‘What 
man  shall  there  be  of  you,  that  shall  have  one  sheep, 
and  if  this  fall  into  a  pit  on  the  Sabbath  day,  will  lie  not 


20  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUll  LORD 

lay  hold  on  it,  and  lift  it  out?’  {Matt.  xii.  11).  A  man 
was  of  much  more  value  than  a  sheep.  So  He  restored 
the  man’s  withered  hand.  Very  similar  is  the  case  of 
the  healing  of  the  man  with  the  dropsy  on  a 
Sabbath  day  when  Jesus  was  eating  bread  in  the  house 
of  a  leading  Pharisee  {Luke  xiv.  TO),  and  the  pathetic 
story  of  the  woman  who  had  been  f  bowed  together  for 
eighteen  years,  and  whom  He  healed  on  the  Sabbath  to 
the  indignation  of  the  ruler  of  the  synagogue  where  the 
miracle  was  performed.  In  all  this  teaching  and  action 
the  principle  is  that  the  Sabbath  is  a  means  and  not  an 
end,  and  the  claims  of  humanity  are  greater  than  the 
claims  of  human  tradition.  More  than  this.  He  asserts 
His  right  as  Son  of  Man,  as  representative  and  King  of 
the  human  race,  to  be  Lord  of  the  Sabbath  {Mai  k  ii. 
28  ;  cf.  Matt.  xii.  5-8).  He  can  use  the  Sabbath  as  He 
wills.  So  it  is  plain  that  though  He  did  not  pronounce 
on  all  Sabbath  rules  and  customs.  He  felt  free  to 
abrogate  not  only  Pharisaic  rules  with  regard  to  the 
Sabbath,  but  also  such  a  rule  as  that  of  the  law  itself 
which  ordered  a  man  to  be  put  to  death  if  he  gathered 
sticks  to  make  a  lire  on  the  Sabbath  {Nam.  xv.  32-36). 

The  Sabbath  in  St.  John's  Gospel.— The  first  three  Gospels 
therefore  prepare  us  for  the  great  passages  in  St.  John 
which  deal  with  the  Sabbath  day  {John  v.  1-1/  ;  ix.  1-41). 
They  show  that  He  both  asserted  the  right  for  all  to 
do  beneficent  deeds  on  the  Sabbath,  and  claimed  a 
personal  authority  to  modify  the  law  by  developing  its 
best  latent  meaning.  The  objection  of  the  Jews  is  funda¬ 
mentally  the  same  in  St.  John’s  Gospel  as  in  the  others. 
When  Christ  opened  the  eyes  of  the  blind  man,  they 
say,  f  This  man  is  not  from  God,  because  he  keepeth  not 
the'  sabbath  ’  {John  ix.  16).  Our  Lord  had  previously  in 
Jerusalem  healed  a  paralytic  man  at  the  pool  of 
Bethesda.  And  our  Lord  defended  His  action  in  the 
simple  words,  f  My  Father  worketh  even  until  now,  and 
1  work  ’  ( John  v.  17).  He  shows  that  the  kind  and  bene¬ 
ficent  action  of  God  is  continuous;  it  has  lasted  every 
Sabbath  day  since  sabbaths  first  began.  It  has  known 
no  interruption,  and  the  saving  and  beneficent  work  of 
the  Son  has  been  equally  continuous  and  uninterrupted. 
He  co-ordinated  the  character  and  duration  of  His  work 
with  that  of  His  Father.  He  cannot  act  differently  from 


CHRIST  AND  THE  JEWISH  LAW  21 

the  Father.  This  sentence  justifies  His  treatment  of  the 
Sabbath  by  an  appeal  to  a  higher  ground  even  than  that 
which  is  stated  in  the  words,  "The  Son  of  Man  is  Lord 
even  of  the  Sabbath.’  At  the  same  time  it  explains  it. 
It  is  His  relation  to  the  Father  which  explains  His 
authority  as  the  Son  of  Man.  This  we  shall  have  to 
consider  more  thoroughly  in  ch.  iv.,  when  we  study  our 
Lord’s  teaching  about  himself. 

The  Temple  and  its  Sacrifices. — Our  Lord  attended  the 
great  festivals  at  Jerusalem.  In  His  boyhood  He  went 
there  for  this  purpose  (Luke  ii.  42),  and  in  His  later  life 
He  attended  several  such  feasts.  In  fact  the  story  of 
St.  John’s  Gospel  hangs  upon  His  visits  to  these  feasts. 
He  paid  for  the  maintenance  of  the  Temple  worship  the 
half-shekel,  in  Greek  money  two  drachmas,  required  by 
the  law  (Matt.  xvii.  27).  He  directed  a  leper  whom  He 
had  healed  to  offer  the  usual  sacrifice  (Matt.  viii.  4).  He 
directed  that  a  man,  who  when  offering  a  gift  at  the 
altar  remembered  that  he  had  wronged  another  man, 
should  leave  his  gift  to  God  unoffered  and  be  reconciled 
to  his  brother  (Matt.  v.  23).  He  never  opposed  the 
offering  of  sacrifices  :  they  were  prophetic  of  His  oblation 
of  himself  to  God.  At  the  same  time  He  said  nothing 
to  imply  that  the  offering  of  the  Jewish  sacrifices  was  a 
permanent  duty.  On  the  contrary,  He  foretold  the  de¬ 
struction  of  the  Temple,  the  ruin  of  which  would  neces¬ 
sarily  entail  the  cessation  of  those  sacrifices.  While  He 
lived  on  earth  the  Temple  was  to  Him  the  place  where 
God  dwells  (Matt,  xxiii.  21).  The  Temple  was  for  Him 
the  c  house  of  prayer  for  all  the  nations,’  and  therefore 
He  overthrew  the  tables  of  the  money-changers  and  the 
seats  of  them  that  sold  doves  for  sacrifices,  men  who  had 
turned  the  Temple  into  fa  den  of  robbers,’  and  He  did 
this  both  at  the  beginning  and  at  the  close  of  His  min¬ 
istry  (John  ii.  14;  Mark  xi.  15).  The  Temple  was  a  place 
where  God  welcomed  prayer  such  as  the  prayer  of  the 
humble  publican  (Luke  xviii.  14),  and  where  the  widow’s 
mite  was  more  valued  by  God  than  the  easy  gifts  of  the 
wealthy  (Mark  xii.  44).  He  resented  the  profanation  of 
tiie  Temple  because  it  was  a  place  for  communion  with 
God.  And  when  He  repeated  the  words  of  the  prophet, 

‘  I  will  have  mercy  and  not  sacrifice,’  He  did  not  mean 
that  sacrifice  was  wrong,  but  that  merely  symbolical  and 


22  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUll  LORD 

external  sacrifices  were  as  nothing  compared  with  a 
heart  which  is  in  touch  with  God. 

Fasting. — The  Old  Testament  prescribed  only  one  fast, 
that  of  the  Day  of  Atonement  {Lev.  xvi.  29).  To  this 
the  Jews  had  added  two  weekly  fast  days,  Monday  and 
Thursday  ( Luke  xviii.  12).  It  is  very  improbable  that 
our  Lord  and  His  disciples  omitted  to  fast  on  the  Day  of 
Atonement.  But  He  did  not  prescribe  any  distinctive 
fast  days  for  His  disciples,  or  observe  the  Pharisaic  fasts. 
f  And  John’s  disciples  and  the  Pharisees  were  fasting : 
and  they  come  and  say  unto  him,  Why  do  John’s  dis¬ 
ciples  and  the  disciples  of  the  Pharisees  fast,  but  thy 
disciples  fast  not?’  ( Mark  ii.  18).  Our  Lord’s  reply  is  in 
effect  that  while  He  the  Bridegroom  of  the  soul  is  with 
them  tliey  cannot  fast,  but  when  He  is  taken  from  them 
‘  then  will  they  fast  in  that  day.’  This  seems  to  mean 
that  they  will  fast  in  their  sorrow  at  His  death.  The 
sayings  which  follow  about  the  futility  of  putting  a 
strong  new  piece  of  cloth  on  an  old  garment,  and  of 
putting  strong  new  wine  into  old  wine-skins,  imply  that 
the  new  spiritual  life  of  Christendom  cannot  be  confined 
in  the  forms  of  Judaism.  It  does  not  at  all  mean,  as  it  is 
sometimes  interpreted  to  mean,  that  no  outward  ob¬ 
servances  will  be  matters  of  duty  for  the  Christian.  For 
our  Lord  speaks  of  new  wine  being  put  into  fresh  wine¬ 
skins,  showing  that  the  potent  new  life  must  have  new 
forms  of  its  own.  And  to  impress  upon  His  disciples 
the  truth  that  fasting  must  never  be  a  matter  of  ostenta¬ 
tion,  but  a  welcome  discipline.  He  says,  fThou,  when 
thou  fastest,  anoint  thy  head,  and  wash  thy  face  :  that 
thou  be  not  seen  of  men  to  fast,  but  of  thy  Father  which 
is  in  secret :  and  thy  Father,  which  seeth  in  secret, 
shall  recompense  thee’  {Matt.  vi.  17). 

Conclusion. — If  we  are  to  estimate  how  vast  was  the 
change  which  Jesus  inaugurated  by  His  relation  to  the 
Old  Testament,  we  must  follow  the  example  of  St.  Paul 
and  remind  ourselves  of  the  terrible  words  of  the  ancient 
code,  words  contained  in  a  book  which  is  full  of  humane 
regulations  marking  a  great  advance  on  the  laws  of  a 
less  developed  age  :  (  Cursed  be  he  that  confirmeth  not 
the  words  of  this  law  to  do  them  ’  {Deut.  xxvii.  20).  Side 
by  side  with  this  we  must  place  the  words  also  quoted  by 
St.  Paul,  f  Ye  shall  therefore  keep  my  statutes,  and  my 


CHRIST  AND  THE  JEWISH  LAW  23 

judgements  ;  which  if  a  man  do,  he  shall  live  in  them  ’ 
{Lev.  xviii.  5).  And  then  we  think  of  Jesus,  reared  in 
the  midst  of  pious  Jewish  people,  teaching  openly  that 
the  law  is  relative,  imperfect,  requiring  to  be  trans¬ 
formed.  Or  we  think  of  Him  saying  to  the  woman  of 
Samaria,  c  Woman,  believe  me,  the  hour  cometh,  when 
neither  in  this  mountain,  nor  in  Jerusalem,  shall  ye 
worship  the  Father.  .  .  .  But  the  hour  cometh,  and  now 
is,  when  the  true  worshippers  shall  worship  the  Father 
in  spirit  and  truth  ’  ( John  iv.  21,  23).  It  was  the  change 
of  the  partial  into  the  perfect,  of  the  local  into  the  uni¬ 
versal,  of  the  temporary  into  the  everlasting. 


CHAPTER  III 


GOD  THE  FATHER 

The  Christian  God  and  Paganism. — Jesus  Christ  has  shown 
God  to  men.  And  the  religion  of  Christians  cannot  be 
divorced  from  their  knowledge  of  God.  If  they  are 
blind  to  the  vision  of  God  as  shown  to  them  by  Jesus 
Christy  their  life  cannot  be  the  same  as  it  is  when  they 
carry  that  vision  in  their  hearts.  Now,  it  was  a  vital 
fact  in  the  teaching  of  Jesus  Christ  that  He  taught  men 
that  their  life  and  their  duty  depend  upon  an  Almighty 
Spirit  whom  He  calls  ‘The  Father.’  It  was  not  a  new 
thing  to  speak  of  God  as  Father.  It  is  true  that  some 
great  religions  and  philosophies  show  no  real  knowledge 
or  intuition  of  this  truth.  There  is  some  noble  moral 
teaching  in  the  early  form  of  Buddhism,  but  Buddhism 
had  nothing  to  teach  men  concerning  God.  It  ignored 
Him,  and  the  result  has  been  that  later  Buddhism  has 
tried  to  appease  man’s  hunger  for  God  either  with 
teaching  about  God  which  contains  some  resemblance 
to  Christianity,  or,  more  frequently,  with  gross  idolatry. 
Hinduism  has  no  clear  idea  of  a  personal  God,  but  thinks 
of  the  Supreme  Being  as  a  vague  law  of  nature  showing 
itself  in  every  form  of  good  and  evil  alike.  The  Greeks 
had  sometimes  spoken  of  Zeus,  the  god  of  the  bright 
sky,  as  ‘Father  of  men  and  gods.’  But  their  stories 
concerning  Zeus  were  of  such  a  kind  as  to  imply  the 
widest  difference  between  religion  and  morality.  That 
difference  was  a  chasm  which  the  Greek  philosophers 
were  never  able  to  bridge  completely.  The  later  Greek 
philosophy,  though  it  taught  some  high  principles  of 
morality,  was  inclined  to  a  vague,  abstract,  impersonal 
idea  of  God.  The  result  was  the  same  as  in  the  case  of 
Buddhism.  The  last  great  form  of  Greek  philosophy, 
that  called  Neo-Platonism,  had  to  fortify  itself  with 
gross  superstition.  Magic,  spiritualism,  amulets,  baths 
in  the  blood  of  consecrated  bulls,  were  used  as  means 

24 


GOD  THE  FATHER 


25 


for  securing  the  help  of  unseen  powers  hy  men  who 
could  not  persuade  themselves  that  the  Highest  Being 
took  a  personal  interest  in  their  welfare. 

The  Christian  God  and  Judaism. — On  the  other  hand, 
the  Hebrews  for  centuries  before  the  birth  of  Jesus 
Christ  had  believed  that  there  is  only  one  God  ;  and 
that  He  is  a  God  of  power,  love,  and  pity,  who  can  be 
called  by  the  name  of  Father.  And  it  was  of  this  same 
God  that  Jesus  spoke.  But  here,  as  in  other  parts 
of  His  teaching,  it  is  as  important  to  notice  where  He 
differed  from  the  great  Hebrew  writers  as  where  He  re¬ 
peated  their  words.  We  find  in  the  Old  Testament  such 
sayings  attributed  to  God  as — f  Israel  is  my  son,  my  first¬ 
born’  (Exod.  iv.  22),  and  f  When  Israel  was  a  child,  then 
I  loved  him,  and  called  my  son  out  of  Egypt’  (Hos.  xi.  1). 
The  idea  of  God’s  fatherhood  here  seems  to  denote  love 
and  favour.  Sometimes  it  rather  denotes  creation  and 
sovereignty.  These  ideas  seem  prominent  in  the  text : 
fDo  ye  thus  requite  the  Lord, 

O  foolish  people  and  unwise  ? 

Is  not  he  thy  father  that  hath  bought  thee  ? 

He  hath  made  thee,  and  established  thee.’ 

(. Deut .  xxxii.  6.) 

In  such  passages  God  is  regarded  as  the  Father  of  the 
Hebrew  nation,  and  not  of  individual  men  and  women. 
It  has  been  doubted  whether  there  is  a  single  passage  in 
which  it  is  implied  that  the  relationship  of  a  son  is  open 
to  every  individual  man  in  his  intercourse  with  God. 
But  great  tenderness  is  associated  with  the  words  f  our 
Father  ’  in  Isaiah  lxiii.  16,  and  God  is  said  to  pity  His 
people  ^ like  as  a  father  pitieth  his  children’  {Psalm  ciii. 
13).  And  the  later  Jewish  literature,  issuing  as  it  does 
from  a  time  when  religious  individualism  had  grown 
stronger,  speaks  of  God  as  the  Father  of  the  righteous 
man.  In  the  Book  of  Wisdom  the  wicked  are  represented 
as  mocking  at  the  righteous  man  for  vaunting  that  God  is 
his  Father  (ii.  16).  In  Ecclesiasticus  God  is  addressed 
as  eO  Lord,  Father  and  Master  of  my  life’  (xxiii.  1). 
There  was  therefore  a  tendency  to  give  a  more  personal 
sense  to  the  name  f  Father,’  and  about  the  end  of  the  first 
century  of  the  Christian  era  we  find  that  some  eminent 
rabbis  used  the  term  c  heavenly  Father,’  which  we  find  in 
the  New  Testament. 


2 0  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

On  the  other  hand;  we  must  take  into  account  two 
other  tendencies  in  Judaism,  (a)  There  is  an  element 
of  uncertainty  about  God,  tending  almost  to  Agnosticism. 
It  finds  its  expression  in  Job,  confronted  by  the  great 
riddle  of  the  universe  : 

f  Oh  that  I  knew  where  I  might  find  him, 

That  l  might  come  even  to  his  seat !  .  .  . 

Behold  I  go  forward,  but  he  is  not  there  ; 

And  backward,  hut  I  cannot  perceive  him  : 

On  the  left  hand,  when  he  doth  work,  hut  I  cannot 
behold  him  : 

He  hideth  himself  on  the  right  hand,  that  I  cannot 
see  him  ’  {Job  xxiii.  3,  8,  9). 

It  finds  vent  in  the  lamentable  cry  in  Proverbs  xxx. 
2-4  : 

f  Surely  I  am  more  brutish  than  any  man, 

And  have  not  the  understanding  of  a  man  : 

And  I  have  not  learned  wisdom. 

Neither  have  I  the  knowledge  of  the  Holy  One. 

Who  hath  ascended  up  into  heaven,  and  descended  ? 

Who  hath  gathered  the  wind  in  his  fists? 

Who  hath  bound  the  waters  in  his  garment? 

Who  hath  established  all  the  ends  of  the  earth  ? 

What  is  his  name,  and  what  is  his  son’s  name,  if  thou 
knowest  ?  ’ 

A  similar  uncertainty  is  reflected  in  the  too  Greek  and 
too  abstract  idea  of  God  which  we  find  in  Philo,  the  great 
Jewish  philosopher  who  lived  at  Alexandria  in  the  time  of 
Christ,  (b)  There  is  an  element  of  anxious  fear  in  the 
reverence  of  God  which  tends  to  superstition.  Con¬ 
cerning  this  fear  we  must  speak  with  respect.  It  con¬ 
tained  the  same  profound  truth  as  we  find  in  the  later 
Jewish  conception  of  the  seriousness  of  sin  and  the  need 
of  holiness  in  worship.  It  was  probably  a  good  thing 
that  the  Jews  were  inclined  to  drop  the  use  of  such 
proper  names  as  Abi-el,  Eli-ab,  Abi-ya,  in  which  the 
primitive  Semitic  idea  of  the  Fatherhood  of  God  was 
enshrined.  The  name  of  God  was  realised  as  something 
too  sacred  to  he  bandied  to  and  fro  in  daily  social  inter¬ 
course.  But  a  more  sombre  aspect  of  this  reverence  is 
to  be  seen  in  the  insertion  of  myriads  of  imaginary 
angels,  good  or  evil  or  mischievous,  between  God  and 
the  world,  distracting  the  minds  of  men  from  the  thought 


GOD  THE  FATHER 


27 


of  God.  And  the  realisation  that  God  is  a  King  was 
not  free  from  the  Oriental  associations  of  despotism  and 
courtly  magnificence.  God  was  described  by  strange 
titles  as  Heaven,  the  Place,  the  Height,  the  Throne 
of  God,  and  finally  was  thought  to  communicate  with 
creation  only  through  a  ‘  secretary,’  the  chief  of  spirits, 
named  the  Metatron,  an  angel  who  sits  in  the  inner¬ 
most  chamber  before  God,  while  the  other  angels  only 
hear  His  commands  from  behind  the  veil.  The  word 
Metatron  appears  to  be  of  Greek  origin,  signifying 
‘  beside  the  throne.’ 

The  Memra  or  Word  of  God. — There  is  in  the  Jewish 
Targums,  or  ancient  paraphrases  of  Scriptures,  a  word 
which  never  occurs  in  the  Talmud.  It  is  ‘ Memra.’  It 
is  a  remarkable  fact  that  God  as  revealing  himself  and 
coming  into  connection  with  the  world,  is  called  the 
‘  Memra,’  or  Word.  The  Memra  is  distinct  from  the 
angelic  Metatron.  It  is  God  speaking,  and  is  not 
identical  with  a  word  spoken  by  God,  such  as  was 
called  by  the  Jews  pithgama.  Of  great  interest  is  the 
Targum  of  Onkelos  on  Deut.  xxxiii.  27,  where  instead 
of  ‘underneath  are  the  everlasting  arms,’  we  find  ‘and 
by  his  Memra  was  the  world  created,’  exactly  as  in 
John  i.  10.  The  doctrine  of  the  Memra,  unlike  the 
Stoic  idea  of  the  divine  Logos,  rests  on  a  basis  more 
religious  than  philosophical.  The  Memra  is  more  per¬ 
sonal  than  the  Logos  of  the  pre-Christian  Greeks.  The 
idea  of  a  God  who  is  thus  transcendent,  distinct  from 
the  world,  and  yet  consciously  coming  near  to  Hi& 
creatures,  prepared  for  the  truth  that  ‘the  Word  was 
made  flesh,’  as  St.  John  has  taught  us. 

Devotion  of  Jesus  to  the  Father. — The  name  ‘Father’ 
is  in  the  New  Testament  a  counterpart  of  the  name 
Jehovah  (Yahwe)  in  the  Old  Testament.  It  is  the  fullest 
revelation  of  God  that  is  or  can  be  conveyed  in  one  name. 
But  this  revelation  is  conveyed  to  us  less  in  a  name  than 
in  a  life.  The  life  of  Jesus  is  a  life  of  human  devotion 
to  the  Father,  so  perfect  that  it  has  no  parallel.  This- 
prompt,  humble,  persevering  devotion  on  the  part  of  our 
Lord  is  no  unreality,  no  mere  figure  of  speech.  It  is 
the  crown  and  excellence  of  His  human  character.  In 
early  times  the  Church  had  to  struggle  against  the  semi- 
Christian  teaching  of  sects  such  as  Docetists,  Gnostics,  and 


28  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 


Apollinarians,  who  from  a  mistaken  reverence  deformed 
our  Lord’s  humanity,  by  denying  either  the  reality  of 
H  is  body  or  the  reality  of  His  soul.  They  thought  that 
if  Christ  was  divine  He  could  not  have  been  truly  man. 
Teaching  of  this  kind  hedged  round  whole  regions  of 
our  Lord’s  life  as  not  really  imitable  on  the  part  of  His 
followers.  But  the  Gospels  glow  with  a  great  truth 
which  must  be  grasped  as  an  experience  by  all  Christ’s 
followers  to  the  best  of  their  power.  It  is  the  experience 
of  intercourse  with,  communion  with,  the  Father.  This 
is  our  Lord’s  own  habit  of  mind,  and  it  is  manifested  by 
Him  in  a  way  which  shows  His  desire  that  it  should  he 
the  habit  of  mind  found  in  His  disciples. 

This  devotion  to  the  Father  is  quite  as  much  emphasised 
by  St.  John  as  by  the  other  evangelists.  The  very  fact 
that  St.  John  says  even  more  than  the  Synoptists  to  exalt 
his  readers’  conception  of  Jesus,  seems  to  stimulate  his 
desire  to  record  those  sayings  of  the  Master  which  showT 
Him  living  in  the  shadow  of  the  Father’s  glory.  St.  Luke 
gives  us  the  one  authentic  story  of  His  boyhood,  in  which 
He  says  to  His  ‘  parents  ’  who  have  found  Him  disputing 
in  the  Temple  with  the  Jewish  teachers  : 

‘How  is  it  that  ye  sought  me?  Wist  ye  not  that 
I  must  be  in  my  Father’s  house?’  {Lukeii.  49). 

When  He  begins  to  teach.  He  calls  His  hearers  to  be 
like  ‘  your  heavenly  Father  ’  {Matt.  v.  48).  The  Father 
is  in  the  background  of  one  parable  after  another.  It  is 
not  those  who  call  Christ  ‘  Lord,  Lord  ’  with  hypocritical 
lips  who  shall  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  but 
‘  he  that  doeth  the  will  of  my  Father  which  is  in  heaven  ’ 
{Matt.  vii.  21).  He  gives  thanks  to  the  Father  for  reveal¬ 
ing  to  ‘  babes  ’  the  truths  which  the  wise  and  prudent 
were  too  sophisticated  to  perceive  {Matt.  xi.  25).  He 
thanks  the  Father  before  partaking  of  food  {Luke  xxii. 
17  ff.).  But  His  true  meat  is  to  do  the  will  of  the 
Father  {John  iv.  34).  ‘I  seek  not  mine  own  will,  but 
the  will  of  him  that  sent  me’  {John  v.  30).  He  again 
explicitly  declares  : 

‘  I  am  come  down  from  heaven,  not  to  do  mine  own 
will,  but  the  will  of  Him  that  sent  me’  {John  vi.  88). 
lie  declares  that  He  received  from  ‘my  Father’  the 
commandment  to  lay  down  His  life  and  take  it  again 
{John  x.  18).  His  Father’s  house  is  the  place  of  many 


29 


GOD  THE  FATHER 

mansions  where  He  will  receive  His  faithful  disciples. 
He  prays  for  power  to  glorify  the  Father.  When  He  in 
agony  foresaw  His  death,  He  prayed  with  the  Aramaic 
word  that  He  learnt  in  childhood,  c  Abba,  Father’  {Mark 
xiv.  36).  The  uttermost  limit  of  His  sufferings  on  the 
Cross  was  to  be  forsaken  by  Him  to  whom  He  had 
devoted  all  His  life;  and  unless  we  understand  some¬ 
thing  of  that  devotion,  we  can  understand  nothing  of 
the  pain  of  that  desolation  {Mark  xv.  34).  And  at  the 
last  moment  of  His  awful  dying.  He  who  had  prayed 
to  the  4  Father’  to  forgive  His  murderers,  prayed  for 
Himself  in  the  words  : 

f  Father,  into  thy  hands  I  commend  my  spirit’ 

{Luke  xxiii.  46). 

Bearing  in  mind  this  devotion  to  the  Father,  we  shall 
see  that  nothing  in  the  life  of  Jesus  is  done  at  random, 
and  that  He  bases  none  of  His  actions  on  a  mere  pre¬ 
concerted  plan  of  human  prudence.  To  the  casual 
observer  His  life  might  appear  to  be  wayward  and  His 
method  capricious.  He  avoided  success  where  it  might 
have  seemed  certain.  He  occasionally  reinforced  a  hard 
saying  by  one  which  is  still  harder.  Flis  teaching  about 
His  own  Person  did  not  make  doubt  an  absolute  impos¬ 
sibility,  and  He  gave  this  teaching  consciously.  He 
chose  to  die  amid  circumstances  which  spoke  simply  of 
failure  and  disgrace.  But  it  was  increasingly  evident  to 
the  few  who  were  faithful  to  Him  that  there  was  a  clue 
to  the  mystery.  Whether  He  hid  himself,  or  showed 
himself,  whether  He  prayed  on  the  hills  or  taught  in  the 
city,  whether  He  lived  or  died.  He  was  following  the 
Father’s  will. 

Jesus  shows  men  the  Father. — We  have  noticed  that 
uninterrupted  communion  with  the  Father  in  which 
Jesus  lived,  the  communion  of  a  sinless  human  soul 
with  the  Creator.  But  the  Christian’s  confidence  in 
f  Our  Father’  rests  upon  something  still  deeper.  Jesus 
taught  that  He  was  ‘  the  Son  ’  in  a  supreme  and  unique 
sense.  He  did  not  come  to  men  as  a  son  of  God  such 
as  He  invited  us  to  become,  but  as  e  the  Son  ;  not  as 
a  revealer  of  God  like  Moses,  but  as  the  Revealer.  In 
chapter  iv.  we  shall  endeavour  to  consider  this  more 
closely.  At  present  we  must  be  content  to  notice  that 
He  speaks  of  His  own  self  as  the  revelation  of  God  s 


SO  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

Fatherhood  {Matt.  xi.  27)  j  and  it  is  through  Him  only 
that  men  enter  into  the  relation  of  sonship.  His  human 
devotion  to  the  Father  is  steeped  in  something  deeper 
and  diviner.  It  depends  upon  and  is  worthy  of  a  rela¬ 
tion  with  the  Father  which  is  eternal,  existing  before  the 
world  began.  When  St.  Philip  said  to  Him,  f  Lord, 
shew  us  the  Father,  and  it  sufficeth  us,’  He  replied, 
*  Have  I  been  so  long  time  with  you,  and  dost  thou  not 
know  me,  Philip?  he  that  hath  seen  me  hath  seen  the 
Father:  how  sayest  thou,  Shew  us  the  Father?’  {John 
xiv.  8,  9).  In  the  humanity  of  our  Lord,  and  mani¬ 
festing  itself  through  that  humanity,  there  is  God. 
Jesus  is  not  the  Father,  but  His  earthly  life  is  the 
utterance  in  history  of  all  the  everlasting  love  and 
goodness  of  the  Father.  The  Father  is  best  known  to 
us  as  Father  when  He  is  most  evidently  love.  So  He 
becomes  Father  to  us  in  Christ.  It  is  in  Jesus  that  we 
recognise  both  the  inward  mind  of  God  towards  us  and 
His  outward  actions.  The  truth  that  God  is  love  became 
a  fact  to  mankind  when  in  Jesus  Christ  God  made  him¬ 
self  one  with  us  and  ourselves  one  with  Him.  This 
sympathy  by  which  God  in  Christ  endured  with  us  all 
the  trials  and  conditions  of  human  life  show  us  the 
Father.  This  is  not  merely  the  imagination  of  St.  John. 
It  is  implied  in  all  that  union  of  authority  and  humility 
which  we  see  in  the  sinless  pitying  Saviour  described  by 
the  earlier  evangelists.  It  was  His  mission  to  make  men 
understand  the  very  heart  of  God,  the  pulse  of  which 
is  always  beating  in  His  own  Person.  He  did  not  use 
intellectual  arguments  to  demonstrate  God’s  Father¬ 
hood.  For  neither  to  the  ignorant  nor  to  the  learned 
can  God’s  Fatherhood  be  taught  by  argument.  He  there¬ 
fore  did  not  prove  that  God  is  Father,  but  simply  showed 
the  Father  to  us. 

Teaching  of  Jesus  about  the  Father. — Having  noticed 
that  in  our  Lord’s  life  and  His  attitude  towards  mankind 
we  find  shown  to  us  new  depths  in  the  nature  of  God’s 
love,  we  must  next  notice  that  His  actual  teaching 
enlarged  the  meaning  of  Fatherhood.  His  teaching 
enforces  the  truths  taught  by  the  great  Hebrew  prophets 
that  God  is  One,  almighty,  absolutely  good,  omniscient, 
beneficent  {Mark  xii.  29  ;  x.  27 ;  x.  18 ;  Luke  xvi.  15  ; 
xii.  24).  But  the  central  illuminating  doctrine  about  Gocl 


31 


GOD  THE  FATHER 

in  His  parables  and  commandments  is  that  He  is  ‘  Our 
Father.’  In  the  Old  Testament  this  truth  appears  occa¬ 
sionally  like  a  star  that  is  often  hidden  by  fogs  and  mists  ; 
in  the  Gospels  it  is  like  a  strong  genial  sun.  We  can 
estimate  the  greatness  of  the  difference  by  the  fact  that  in 
the  Psalms,  deep  and  personal  as  their  language  often  is, 
God  is  never  once  addressed  directly  as  f  Father,’  where¬ 
as  in  the  Gospel  of  St.  Matthew  alone  our  Lord  speaks 
of  God  as  c  Father  ’  more  than  forty  times.  St.  Matthew 
twenty  times  puts  the  expression  c  heavenly  Father  ’  on 
the  lips  of  our  Lord,  St.  Luke  does  not  use  this  expres¬ 
sion  at  all,  and  St.  Mark  only  mentions  it  once.  We 
can  only  conclude  that  our  Lord  sometimes  used  the 
word  ‘  heavenly’  and  sometimes  not.  It  would  be  most 
readily  appreciated  and  retained  by  Jewish  disciples, 
among  a  circle  of  whom  St.  Matthew’s  Gospel  was  pro¬ 
bably  written.  Except  for  this  term  f  heavenly,’  no 
actual  definition  of  God’s  Fatherhood  in  relation  to  man¬ 
kind  is  given.  But  the  dispositions  which  it  emphasises 
are  made  quite  clear.  Thus  our  Lord  says  : 

f  Let  your  light  shine  before  men,  that  they  may  see 
your  good  works,  and  glorify  your  Father  which 
is  in  heaven’  {Matt.  v.  16). 

f  Love  your  enemies,  and  pray  for  them  that  persecute 
you  :  that  ye  may  he  sons  of  your  Father  which 
is  in  heaven  :  for  he  maketh  his  sun  to  rise  on 
the  evil  and  the  good,  and  sendeth  rain  on  the 
just  and  the  unjust.  For  if  ye  love  them  that 
love  you,  what  reward  have  ye?  do  not  even 
the  publicans  the  same  ?  And  if  ye  salute  your 
brethren  only,  what  do  ye  more  than  others  ? 
do  not  even  the  Gentiles  the  same?  Ye  there¬ 
fore  shall  be  perfect,  as  your  heavenly  Father 
is  perfect  ’  {Matt.  v.  44  ff. ). 

This  Father,  though  He  is  a  Person  who  loves  and 
provides  for  all  creation,  is  only  the  Father  of  other 
persons ,  capable  of  conscious  fellowship  with  himself : 
e  Behold  the  birds  of  the  heaven,  that  they  sow  not, 
neither  do  they  reap,  nor  gather  into  barns,  and  your 
{not  their)  heavenly  Father  feedeth  them’  {Matt.  vi.  26). 

The  disciple  is  to  speak  to  God  in  perfect  secret  in¬ 
timacy,  c  and  thy  Father  which  seetli  in  secret  shall  re¬ 
compense  thee  ’  {Matt.  vi.  6).  He  is  to  be  sure  that  God 


32  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

will  give  him  what  is  good  for  him  :  ‘If  ye  then,  being 
evi^  know  how  to  give  good  gifts  unto  your  children, 
how  much  more  shall  your  Father  which  is  in  heaven 
give  good  things  to  them  that  ask  him  ?’  (Matt.  vii.  11). 
He  is  not  to  be  anxious  as  to  what  he  shall  eat  or  drink, 
‘for  your  heavenly  Father  knoweth  that  ye  have  need  of 
all  these  things  ’  (Matt.  vi.  32).  And  all  this  tender  and 
attentive  care  of  God  obliges  us  all  the  more  strictly  to 
fulfil  His  will.  Only  he  who  does  it  can  enter  into  the 
kingdom  of  heaven  (Matt.  vii.  21),  and  to  do  it  is  to 
share  the  inner  experience  of  Jesus  himself: 

‘  For  whosoever  shall  do  the  will  of  God,  the  same  is 
my  brother,  and  sister,  and  mother  ’ 

(Mark  iii.  35). 

And  so  in  the  words  which  He  spoke  to  Mary  Magdalene 
after  His  resurrection.  He  bids  her  ‘Go  unto  my 
brethren,  and  say  to  them,  I  ascend  unto  my  Father  and 
your  Father,  and  my  God  and  your  God  5  (John  xx.  17). 

In  the  parable  of  the  Prodigal  Son  (Luke  xv.  11-32), 
which  is  really  a  parable  of  two  sons,  one  guilty  and  the 
other  beyond  reproach,  the  fatherly  love  of  God  to  men 
is  enforced  with  a  pathos  that  is  too  unique  for  descrip¬ 
tion  to  he  possible.  The  circumstances  (vv.  1,  2)  show 
that  the  parable  is  our  Lord’s  defence  of  His  own  action. 
He  is  treating  men  as  God  treats  them.  The  love  of  the 
father,  the  father  who  had  never  renounced  his  son,  and 
had  watched  for  his  coming,  is  a  love  illustrated  by  almost 
every  single  word  employed  in  the  parable.  And  such 
is  the  love  revealed  in  Jesus.  And  the  complaint  of  the 
prodigal’s  elder  brother,  a  complaint  which  has  perhaps 
found  an  echo  in  many  Christian  lives,  is  met  by  the 
same  affection  ;  ‘  Child  (not  son),  thou  art  ever  with  me, 
and  all  that  is  mine  is  thine.’  This  is  a  new  revela¬ 
tion  of  fatherhood  to  the  son  who  had  ‘served’  his 
father  scrupulously,  but  had  never  quite  understood 
that  his  father  was  asking  for  his  heart. 

The  Fear  of  God.— We  must  not  suppose  that  the  ten¬ 
derness  of  God  towards  His  children  makes  it  unnecessary 
for  us  to  fear  God.  It  is  indeed  true  that  St.  John  tells 
us  that  ‘  perfect  love  casteth  out  fear  ’ ;  as  love  grows 
towards  perfection  everything  like  a  slavish  fear  will  de¬ 
part,  and  in  heaven  the  blessed  will  lose  even  their  fear 
of  losing  God’s  love.  But  the  fear  of  reverent  awe  will 


GOD  THE  FATHER  33 

lemain  foi  evei  in  the  saints,  and  the  fear  of  sinning 
will  remain  in  the  Christian  so  long  as  sin  is  possible  to 
him.  In  prayer  our  Lord  himself  addressed  the  Father 
as  "  Holy  Father  5  and  "  Righteous  Father’  {John  xvii.  11, 
25).  And  in  the  prayer  which  He  taught  us,  immediately 
after  we  call  God  "Our  Father,’  we  are  taught  to  say 
"hallowed  be  thy  name.’  This  is  a  prayer  that  God’s 
character  as  revealed  to  men  may  be  acknowledged  by 
them  to  be  holy.  The  name  of  God  must  be  understood 
to  cover  and  include  all  holiness,  and  nothing  must  be 
called  liolv  which  is  in  disagreement  with  the  character 
of  God  revealed  in  Christ.  In  the  most  explicit  way  our 
Loid  teaches  that  the  bather  punishes.  The  man  who 
does  not  from  his  heart  forgive  his  brother  will  receive 
from  the  heavenly  Father  a  punishment  compared  with 
the  punishment  inflicted  by  "tormentors’  at  the  command 
of  a  generous  master  where  generosity  has  been  abused 
by  a  wicked  debtor  {Matt,  xviii.  34).*  God  has  power 
over  the  soul  of  man.  He  can  call  to  account  suddenly 
the  man  who  has  made  up  his  mind  to  eat,  drink  and  be 
merry  {Luke  xii.  20).  And  since  our  destiny  is  in  God’s 
hand,  we  must  regard  Him  with  a  fear  which  is  due  to 
God  only  : 

"  Be  not  afraid  of  them  which  kill  the  body,  but  are 
not  able  to  kill  the  soul ;  but  rather  fear  him 
which  is  able  to  destroy  both  soul  and  body  in 
hell  ’  {Matt.  x.  28). 

Is  God  the  Father  of  all  men  ?— The  question  has  often 
been  asked  whether  our  Lord  teaches  that  God  is  the 
Father  of  all  men,  or  only  the  Father  of  those  who 
believe  in  Jesus  Christ.  And  sometimes  a  further  ques¬ 
tion  is  asked,  Did  our  Lord  teach  that  all  men,  good  or 
bad,  are  children  of  God  ?  To  these  questions  the  Gospels 
compel  us  to  answer  that  God  is  the  Father  of  all  men 
but  that  men  themselves  can  either  bring  this  relation¬ 
ship  to  an  end  or  they  can  so  strengthen  and  deepen  it 
that  His  Fatherhood  becomes  to  them  a  new  thing.  God 
is  the  Father  of  all  men  in  the  sense  that  He  created 
them,  and  regards  them  with  love  and  compassion,  and 
knows  that  they  are  capable  of  fellowship  with  himself. 
But  He  is  a  Father  in  another  sense,  differing  greatly  in 
degree,  to  those  who  are  in  moral  union  with  Christ,  and 
those  who,  since  Christian  Baptism  has  been  instituted, 

c 


34  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

have  entered  into  the  blessings  and  obligations  which 
baptism  implies.  This  distinction  between  God’s  Father¬ 
hood  as  it  is  shared  by  all  men  and  that  Fatherhood 
which  is  only  shared  by  faithful  Christians,  is  not  un¬ 
real  or  complicated.  It  is  easily  understood  when  we 
remember  that  the  relation  between  man  and  God  must 
be  spiritual  if  it  is  to  be  complete.  So  long  as  love  exists 
on  one  side  only,  its  action  is  limited  ;  when  it  meets 
with  a  response  and  a  mutual  love  and  communion  begin, 
the  limitation  is  removed.  Conscious  moral  Fatherhood 
to  be  complete  requires  conscious  moral  sonship. 

The  welcome  given  by  the  Father  to  the  prodigal  son, 
and  the  joy  which  Christ  says  is  felt  in  heaven  ‘  over  one 
sinner  that  repenteth  ’  {Luke  xv.  7,  10),  implies  that  the 
attitude  of  God  is  one  of  fatherly  compassionate  love 
towards  those  who  have  wandered  from  the  right  way. 
And  it  was  to  the  ‘  multitudes’  as  well  as  to  His  disciples 
that  our  Lord  said,  ‘  Call  no  man  your  father  cm  the 
earth  :  for  one  is  your  Father,  which  is  in  heaven  ’  {Matt. 
xxiii.  9).  The  term  ‘Father’  expresses,  not  God’s 
relation  to  some  men,  but  something  essential  in  His 
being  and  universal  in  application.  When  St.  John  says 
‘God  is  love’  (1  John  iv.  8),  he  is  condensing  Christ’s 
own  teaching  about  God’s  Fatherhood. 

It  is  no  real  contradiction  of  this  to  say  that  our  Lord 
shows  that  some  men  do  not  appropriate  this  Fatherhood 
of  God.  He  never  says  ‘your  Father’  except,  when  He 
is  addressing  His  actual  disciples.  And  in  Matt.  v.  44, 
45  the  Greek  word  shows  that  it  is  necessary  to  imitate 
God’s  character  if  we  are  to  become  His  sons  : 

‘  Love  your  enemies,  and  pray  for  them  that  perse¬ 
cute  you  ;  that  ye  may  become  sons  of  your 
Father  which  is  in  heaven.’ 

Once  more  St.  John  exactly  reflects  the  teaching  of 
Jesus  when  he  says :  ‘  As  many  as  received  him,  to  them 
gave  he  the  right  to  become  children  of  God,  even  to 
them  that  believe  on  his  name’  {John  i.  12).  To  refuse 
the  life  of  love  and  to  reject  Jesus,  is  to  forfeit  the  right 
to  be  God’s  child.  To  the  Jews  >vho  were  physically  the 
children  of  Abraham,  but  were  not  his  true  children 
because  of  their  hardened  unbelief,  our  Lord  says:  ‘If 
God  were  your  Father,  ye  would  love  me’  {John  viii.  42). 
The  passage  means:  You  are  not  true  sons  of  God,  as 


GOD  THE  FATHER  35 

you  claim  to  be,  just  as  you  are  not  true  sons  of 
Abraham  ;  you  have  no  love  like  God’s,  and  you  have  no 
faith  and  do  no  works  such  as  those  of  Abraham. 

There  is  therefore  a  profound  difference  between  the 
sense  in  which  God  may  be  called  the  Father  of  all  men, 
and  the  sense  in  which  He  is  the  Father  of  those  who 
through  Christ  have  become  sons  of  God,  and  whose  life 
is  controlled  and  blessed  by  their  consciousness  of  His- 
perfect  love. 


CHAPTER  IV 

our  loro’s  teaching  about  himself 

<  Who  say  ye  that  I  am  ?  ’  Such  was  the  solemn 
question  addressed  by  our  Lord  to  St.  Peter  at  a  great 
turning-point  in  His  life  and  ministry.  A  right  belief 
in  himself  is  the  foundation  of  the  Christian  life,  and 
to  be  a  Christian  it  is  necessary  to  accept  the  central 
fact  in  the  mind  of  Jesus  Christ,  the  truth  that  He  was 

the  Son  of  God.  .  . 

Indirect  Teaching  about  himself.  —  We  should  hrst 
notice  that  a  great  deal  of  our  Lord’s  teaching  about 
His  Person  and  His  authority  is  conveyed  indirectly. 
The  actual  titles  which  He  applies  to  himself  and  those 
which  He  accepts  when  they  are  applied  to  Him  by  others, 
do  not  give  us  the  whole  clue  to  the  mystery  of  His 
being.  His  commandments,  His  actions,  and  even  His 
prayers,  have  to  be  studied  if  we  are  to  know  who  He 
was*  and  whence  He  came.  There  was  great  reserve  in 
His  teaching  about  himself ;  He  only  revealed  him¬ 
self  gradually,  and  yet  He  does  not  leave  us  in  any  un¬ 
certainty  about  himself.  If  we  have  understood  the 
startling  difference  between  the  righteousness  that  He 
requires  and  all  other  forms  of  righteousness,  and  under¬ 
stood  how  much  deeper  His  doctrine  concerning  God  is 
than  that  taught  by  others,  we  are  already  prepared  for 
something  further.  We  are  ready  to  believe  that  He 
who  taught  in  this  unique  manner  had  a .  unique 
personality.  And  from  the  first  He  made  a  claim  upon 
His  hearers  which  one  who  was  only  a  good  man  or  a 
areat  prophet  could  not  dare  to  make.  In  the  Sermon 
on  the  Mount  He  assumed  that  He  would  judge  all  men  : 
f  Many  will  say  to  me  in  that  day,  Lord,  Lord,  did  we 
not  prophesy  by  thy  name,  and  by  thy  name  cast 
out  devils,  and  by  thy  name  do  many  mighty 
works?  And  then  will  I  profess  unto  them,  I 
never  knew  you  :  depart  from  me,  ye  that  work 
iniquity  ’  {Matt.  vii.  22,  23). 

Cor  responding  with  this  claim  to  judge  the  world  there 
36 


OUR  LORD’S  TEACHING  ABOUT  HIMSELF  37 

is  His  unqualified  claim  to  set  aside  the  ancient  law — 
f  Ye  have  heard  that  it  was  said  to  them  of  old  time  .  .  . 
but  I  say  unto  you’  {Matt.  v.  33,  34).  There  is  also  His 
claim  upon  man’s  present  allegiance — cIf  any  man 
cometh  unto  me,  and  hateth  not  his  own  father,  and 
mother,  and  wife,  and  children,  and  brethren,  and 
sisters,  yea,  and  his  own  life  also,  he  cannot  be  my 
disciple’  {Luke  xiv.  26).  Side  by  side  with  this  stern 
saying  we  may  set  these  words  of  divine  consolation  : 
f  Come  unto  me,  all  ye  that  labour  and  are  heavy 
laden,  and  I  will  give  you  rest.  Take  my 
yoke  upon  you,  and  learn  of  me  :  for  I  am 
meek  and  lowly  in  heart :  and  ye  shall  f  nd 
rest  unto  your  souls’  {Matt.  xi.  28-30). 

And  His  power  both  to  judge  and  to  console  is  to  be 
seen  in  the  forgiveness  which  He  personally  gives  to 
those  who  need  it.  The  Pharisees  were  offended  because 
He  forgave  the  sins  of  a  man  who  was  paralysed.  And 
He  went  beyond  all  that  we  can  conceive  the  holiest 
human  prophet  saying  when*  He  said  of  the  sinful  woman 
who  wept  over  His  feet,  f  Her  sins,  which  are  many,  are 
forgiven  ;  for  she  loved  much  ’  {Luke  vii.  47). 

Our  Lord  as  Prophet. — In  the  message  of  the  Gospel 
there  flows  the  stream  of  ancient  Jewish  prophecy  with 
its  stern  moral  requirements  and  message  of  sympathy 
for  all  mankind.  The  stream  which  even  in  the  prophets 
was  sometimes  interrupted,  is  clear  and  unbroken  in  the 
message  of  Christ.  And  His  message,  like  that  of  the 
old  Hebrew  prophets,  contains  predictions  of  God’s 
action  in  the  future. 

The  people  recognised  Jesus  as  a  prophet.  The 
general  judgment  on  Him  at  the  beginning  of  His 
ministry  was  that  ‘a  great  prophet  is  arisen,’  and  that 
f  God  hath  visited  his  people  ’  {Luke  vii.  16).  So  at  the 
close  of  His  ministry  the  people  declared,  ‘This  is  the 
prophet,  Jesus,  from  Nazareth  ’  {Matt.  xxi.  11).  And  that 
our  Lord  did  in  some  sense  claim  the  office  of  a  Prophet 
is  shown  by  various  passages.  In  the  synagogue  at 
Nazareth  He  quotes  and  applies  to  himself  the  prophet’s 
words,  ‘  The  Spirit  of  the  Lord  is  upon  me,  because 
he  anointed  me  to  preach  good  tidings  to  the  poor’ 
{Isa.  lxi.  1  ;  Luke  iv.  18).  When  His  hearers  were 
offended  at  the  difference  which  they  noted  between  Him 


38  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

and  His  humble  family,  He  said,  c  A  prophet  is  not 
without  honour,  save  in  his  own  country,  and  in  his  own 
house  ’  {Matt.  xiii.  58).  And  when  His  death  was 
imminent,  He  placed  himself  in  the  line  of  the  prophets 
of  Israel,  foretelling  that,  like  them.  He  could  perish  in  no 
other  place  than  Jerusalem  {Luke  xiii.  33).  To  His  own 
disciples  and  also  to  the  multitude  He  appeared  both  as 
Teacher  or  Rabbi,  teaching  deep  moral  and  religious 
truth,  and  as  Prophet,  announcing  God’s  judgments  and 
rewards.  And  He  permitted  himself  to  be  addressed  by 
these  titles.  But  He  is  Prophet  in  such  a  supreme  and 
final  sense  that  He  distinguishes  himself  from  other 
prophets  in  degree  and  kind.  He  says  ‘  the  law  and  the 
prophets  were  until  John’  {Luke  xvi.  16).  And  He,  who 
expresses  the  Father  perfectly,  is  above  those  funto 
whom  the  word  of  God  came’  {John  x.  35). 

Jesus  as  the  Son  of  Man. — Our  Lord’s  favourite  title  for 
himself  was  fthe  Son  of  Man.’  It  occurs  14  times  in 
St.  Mark,  31  times  in  St.  Matthew,  25  times  in  St.  Luke, 
and  12  times  in  St.  John.  -It  cannot  be  disputed  that 
the  title  was  really  used  by  our  Lord  himself.  It  is 
found  in  all  the  most  primitive  parts  of  the  Gospels, 
including  the  Discourses  embedded  in  St.  Matthew’s 
Gospel,  and  the  special  material  used  only  by  St.  Luke. 
It  is  only  found  once  in  Acts  (vii.  56),  and  twice  in 
Revelation.  It  never  occurs  in  St.  Paul,  and  is  quite 
rare  in  early  Christian  books  later  than  his  time.  The 
fact  seems  to  be  that  it  was  only  very  imperfectly  under¬ 
stood  by  Gentile  Christians.  Some  modern  critics  have 
held  that  even  in  the  Gospels  its  presence  is  due  to  a 
misunderstanding,  the  early  Christians  having  translated 
it  into  Greek  from  the  Aramaic  barnasha,  which  only 
meant  mankind,  though  its  original  literal  meaning  was 
‘  son  of  man.’  These  writers  hold  that  our  Lord  did  not 
mean  himself  when  He  used  the  phrase,  or  that  He  did 
not  use  it  at  all.  Against  this  it  can  be  successfully 
maintained  that  the  phrase  is  derived  from  the  Hebrew 
rather  than  from  the  Aramaic,  and  that  the  evidence  for 
its  use  by  our  Lord  as  a  title  for  himself  is  over¬ 
whelming. 

The  Son  of  Man  in  Jewish  literature. — In  Ezekiel  we 
find  an  early  use  of  the  phrase,  which  here  signifies  man 
as  weak  and  creaturely. 


OUR  LORD’S  TEACHING  ABOUT  HIMSELF  39 


A  more  important  use  of  the  phrase  is  found  in  Psalm 
viii.  4  : 

‘  What  is  man  that  thou  art  mindful  of  him  ? 

And  the  son  of  man,  that  thou  visitest  him  ? 

For  thou  hast  made  him  but  little  lower  than  the 
angels, 

And  crownest  him  with  glory  and  honour.’ 

In  these  words  of  the  Psalmist  the  idea  of  man’s 
humble  dependence  upon  God  is  combined  with  the  idea 
of  the  high  dignity  which  God  has  bestowed  upon  him. 
A  great  destiny  belongs  to  him  in  spite  of  his  littleness. 
A  third  and  still  more  important  passage  is  the  vision  in 
Daniel  vii.  Here  the  prophet  shows  us  the  four  great 
empires  of  the  ancient  world,  each  represented  as  a  beast 
of  prey,  brought  before  God’s  throne  and  deposed.  Then 
a  fifth  figure  comes  before  God,  (  like  unto  a  son  of  man,’ 
i.e.  like  a  man.  This  Figure  is  a  personification  of  the 
f  saints  of  the  Most  High,’  i.e.  a  regenerate  Israel.  He 
receives  a  kingdom  which  is  eternal  and  does  not  pass 
away  like  the  empires  of  this  world. 

The  next  writing  in  which  such  a  personification  is 
found  is  the  Book  of  Enoch,  a  Jewish  apocryphal  book, 
of  which  the  part  called  the  Similitudes  was  probably 
written  between  b.c.  94  and  b.c.  64.  Here  the  judgment 
scene  of  Daniel  vii.  is  unfolded,  and  the  Son  of  Man 
who  is  seated  by  God  on  His  own  throne  is  the  Messiah 
who  is  appointed  by  God  to  judge  the  world. 

The  Son  of  Man  therefore  means  The  Man  of  super¬ 
natural  authority,  the  Messiah  who  will  judge,  the 
Messiah  who  will  represent  and,  as  it  were,  include  His 
people.  Though  He  is  human,  He  is  more  than  human. 
The  title  was  not  a  common  title  for  the  Messiah  at  the 
time  of  our  Lord’s  ministry.  But  it  existed  and  was  un¬ 
derstood  by  some  of  His  hearers.  And  our  Lord  used  it 
to  veil  and  suggest  the  doctrine  of  His  Person,  just  as 
He  used  the  phrase  f  kingdom  of  God.’  The  phrase  was 
old,  but  in  wrapping  it  round  His  own  Person  He  filled 
it  with  new  and  nobler  contents.  In  using  it  our  Lord 
added  to  it  both  a  conception  of  higher  dignity  and  power, 
and  a  conception  of  deeper  humiliation.  With  this 
element  of  humiliation  we  must  connect  those  features 
of  the  Son  of  Man  which  recall  the  suffering  Servant  of 
Jehovah  in  Isaiah,  where  this  Servant  performs  the  super- 


40  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 


natural  work  of  atoning1  for  human  sin.  A  few  passages 
will  illustrate  the  claims  which  this  title  involves  : 

1.  It  is  used  to  teach  that  Jesus  is  himself  the  Judge 
of  all  men,  as — f  When  the  Son  of  man  shall  come  in  his 
glory,  and  all  the  angels  with  him,  then  shall  he  sit  upon 
the  throne  of  his  glory’  {Matt.  xxv.  31).  f  The  Father 
gave  him  authority  to  execute  judgement,  because  he  is 
the  Son  of  man’  {John  v.  27). 

2.  It  is  used  in  such  a  manner  as  to  suggest  that  Jesus 
represents  mankind,  and  is  in  living  relation  to  them,  as 
when  fthe  Son  of  man  shall  come  in  his  glory’  and  shall 
say  to  those  who  have  shown  mercy  to  the  hungry,  the 
stranger,  and  the  naked,  f  Inasmuch  as  ye  did  it  unto  one 
of  these  my  brethren,  even  these  least,  ye  did  it  unto 
me’  {Matt.  xxv.  31,  40).  This  use  of  the  phrase  may  he 
compared  with  the  collective  meaning  which  it  has  in 
Daniel  vii. 

3.  It  is  associated  by  our  Lord  with  His  sufferings  and 
death.  For  instance — f  He  began  to  teach  them,  that  the 
Son  of  man  must  suffer  many  things,  and  be  rejected  by 
the  elders,  and  the  chief  priests,  and  the  scribes,  and  be 
killed,  and  after  three  days  rise  again  ’  {Mark  viii.  31).  It 
should  be  noticed  that  the  disciples  did  not  easily  under¬ 
stand  that  He  would  die,  or  see  that  the  ‘  Son  of  man  ’ 
was  here  a  title  equivalent  to  the  suffering  f  Servant  of 
Jehovah’  in  Isaiah.  St.  John’s  Gospel  agrees  with  this. 
When  our  Lord  said,  fI,  if  I  be  lifted  up  from  the  earth, 
will  draw  all  men  unto  myself,5  the  multitude  answered, 
f  We  have  heard  out  of  the  law  that  the  Christ  abideth 
for  ever  :  and  how  sayest  thou,  The  Son  of  man  must  be 
lifted  up?  who  is  this  Son  of  man?5  {John  xii.  34).  This 
last  verse  is  particularly  important  as  proving  that  the 
title  did  not  clearly  suggest  Messiahship  to  the  people. 
To  the  group  of  verses  which  suggest  the  Servant  of 
Jehovah  we  must  undoubtedly  add  the  verse,  fThe  Son 
of  man  came  not  to  be  ministered  unto,  but  to  minister, 
and  to  give  his  life  a  ransom  for  many  ’  {Mark  x.  45). 

4.  The  remaining  passages  fall  more  or  less  under  the 
above  divisions.  Some  assert  His  rights  and  dignity,  as 
f  The  Son  of  man  hath  authority  on  earth  to  forgive  sins  ’ 
{Mark  ii.  10),  and  c  The  Son  of  man  is  lord  even  of  the 
Sabbath’  {Mark  ii.  28).  Others  draw  attention  to  His 
lowliness  and  seem  to  command  our  reverent  compassion. 


OUR  LORD’S  TEACHING  ABOUT  HIMSELF  41 

as,  fThe  Son  of  man  hath  not  where  to  lay  his  head’ 
{Luke  ix.  58),  and  f  goeth  [to  death]  even  as  it  is  written 
of  him’  {Mark  xiv.  21).  When  we  take  these  different 
expressions  together,  we  see  that  though  they  imply  the 
truly  human  nature  of  our  Lord,  they  suggest  that  He 
was  far  more  than  human.  They  show  a  relation  between 
Him  and  mankind  which  cannot  be  justified  if  He  is  not 
divine. 

Jesus  as  the  Son  of  God. — Our  Lord  taught  that  He  was 
the  Son  of  God.  This  phrase,  like  the  phrase  Son  of 
Man,  is  to  be  found  in  the  Old  Testament.  It  is  applied 
to  the  angels,  also  to  the  Hebrew  nation,  and  to  the 
Israelite  king.  The  prophet  Nathan  announcing  God’s 
promise  concerning  this  king  says,  ‘  I  will  be  his  father, 
and  he  shall  be  my  son’  (2  Sam.  vii.  14).  We  may  com¬ 
pare  with  this  verse  another  : 

fThe  Lord  said  unto  me,  Thou  art  my  son  ; 

This  day  have  I  begotten  thee. 

Ask  of  me,  and  I  will  give  thee  the  nations  for  thine 
inheritance. 

And  the  uttermost  parts  of  the  earth  for  thy 
possession’  {Psalm  ii.  7,  8). 

This  psalm  speaks  of  something  higher  and  wider  than  a 
human  monarchy.  The  Jews  undoubtedly  interpreted  it 
to  mean  the  Messiah  and  his  reign,  but  when  hard  pressed 
by  Christian  controversy  they  applied  it  to  David.  Thus 
the  title  c  Son  of  God,’  as  used  by  the  Jews,  implied 
special  endowments  and  privileges  conferred  by  God, 
and  was  given  by  them  to  the  divinely  anointed  I\  ing 
whom  they  expected  to  come  and  reign  over  them.  In 
the  later  Jewish  apocryphal  books  it  means  the  Messiah 
(2  Esdras  vii.  28,  29). 

The  title,  when  first  applied  to  our  Lord  by  others, 
probably  had  only  this  official  sense  of  Messiah.  Thus 
the  demoniacs  address  Him  as  the  ‘  Son  of  God  ’  or  ‘  the 
Son  of  the  Most  High  God  ’  {Mark  iii.  11  ;  v.  7)-  Satan 
also  challenges  Him  to  prove  that  He  is  the  Son  of  God 
by  turning  stones  into  bread  {Matt.  iv.  3).  Jesus  i& 
addressed  as  having  supernatural  powers,  such  as 
ordinary  Jewish  belief  attributed  to  the  Messiah. 

The  way  in  which  the  term  is  used  in  the  Gospels  by 
those  who  are  not  His  disciples,  suggests  some  further 
shades  of  meaning.  At  His  trial  the  Jewish  high  priest 


42  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

bade  Him  say  whether  He  was  or  was  not,  ‘the  Christ, 
the  Son  of  the  Blessed  ’  ( Mark  xiv.  61,  62).  Here,  and 
still  more  in  the  parallel  verse  in  St.  Luke  (xxii.  70), 
the  title  Son  of  God  seems  to  imply  something  deeper 
than  the  current  use  of  the  word  Messiah,  and  to 
approach  the  fuller  meaning  suggested  in  such  Old 
Testament  passages  as  Isa.  vii.  14  ;  ix.  6  ;  Micah  v.  2  ; 
Mai.  iii.  1,  where  the  representative  of  God  brings  God’s 
presence  in  His  own  person.  The  murderers  who  told 
Him  to  come  down  from  the  cross,  if  He  was  really  ‘the 
Son  of  God,’  and  the  Roman  centurion  who  said,  ‘Truly 
this  man  was  the  Son  of  God  ’  {Mark  xv.  39),  would 
have  used  the  phrase  in  different  senses,  according  as 
they  were  either  heathens  or,  on  the  other  hand,  Jews 
and  proselytes.  On  their  lips  the  words  would  mean  a 
demigod  or  the  Messiah. 

The  name  ‘Son  of  God’  as  used  by  the  disciples. — Per¬ 
haps  the  most  important  passage  of  this  kind  is  St. 
Peter’s  confession  at  Caesarea  Philippi.  Jesus  asked  His 
disciples,  ‘  Who  do  men  say  that  I  the  Son  of  Man  am  ?  ’ 
and  they  quoted  various  opinions  which  show  that  in  the 
public  opinion  of  Galilee  He  was  at  least  a  supernatural 
personage.  These  opinions  our  Lord  regards  as  inade¬ 
quate,  and  He  asks,  ‘  But  who  say  ye  that  I  am  ?  ’  Simon 
Peter  then  replied,  ‘Thou  art  the  Christ,  the  Son  of  the 
living  God  ’  {Matt.  xvi.  16).  This  is  a  definite  confession 
that  Jesus  is  the  Messiah  expected  by  the  Jews,  but  it  is 
more  than  this.  If  St.  Peter  had  only  intended  to  con¬ 
fess  that  He  was  the  Messiah,  he  would  have  been 
drawing  an  obvious  inference  from  what  he  already 
knew.  But  because  it  is  not  an  obvious  inference  but  a 
great  act  of  inspired  faith,  our  Lord  blesses  the  speaker, 
adding  ‘  for  flesh  and  blood  hath  not  revealed  it  unto  thee, 
but  my  Father  which  is  in  heaven.’  Another  passage 
which  is  less  clear  than  St.  Peter’s  confession  is  the 
confession  of  Nathanael  when  he  was  called  by  Jesus 
early  in  His  ministry.  Nathanael  exclaimed,  ‘  Rabbi, 
thou  art  the  Son  of  God  ;  thou  art  King  of  Israel  ’  {John 
i.  49).  It  is  probable  that  this  early  confession  does  not 
imply  more  than  a  strong  acknowledgment  of  His 
Messiahship.  Otherwise  the  words  ‘Thou  art  King  of 
Israel  ’  would  seriously  detract  from  the  force  of  the 
title.  As  it  is,  they  simply  explain  it. 


OUR  LORD’S  TEACHING  ABOUT  HIMSELF  43 

What  the  title  meant  to  our  Lord. — At  His  Baptism, 
and  again  at  His  Transfiguration,  our  Lord  heard  the 
Father  say  the  words, 

‘  This  is  my  beloved  Son,  in  whom  I  am  well 
pleased  ’  {Matt.  iii.  17  ;  xvii.  5). 

At  these  two  great  events  our  Lord  was  fully  con¬ 
scious  of  His  entirely  exceptional  relationship  to  the 
Father.  He  did  not  first  become  conscious  of  this 
fact  at  His  Baptism.  He  knew  it  clearly  when  at  the 
age  of  twelve  He  was  found  by  His  mother  in  His 
‘  Father’s  ’  house  {Luke  ii.  49).  This  sonship  is  im¬ 
plied  in  the  accounts  of  His  miraculous  birth  in  St. 
Matthew  and  St.  Luke  and  in  His  direct  assertions  in 
St.  John.  No  book  of  the  New  Testament  teaches  that 
Jesus  became  the  Son  of  God  at  His  Baptism  or  at  any 
period  in  His  ministry.  The  consciousness  that  God  was 
His  Father  in  a  special  sense  lies  at  the  root  of  His  life. 
But  He  is  only  once  in  the  Synoptic  Gospels  directly 
said  to  have  used  the  title.  And  then  it  was  the  Jews 
round  His  cross  who  said, 

f  He  trusteth  on  God  :  let  him  deliver  him  now,  if  he 
desireth  him  :  for  he  said,  I  am  the  Son  of 
God  ’  {Matt,  xxvii.  43). 

Even  in  St.  John  it  is  not  often  hinted  that  our  Lord 
directly  used  the  title.  But  all  this  reticence  is  exactly 
in  accordance  with  our  Lord’s  whole  method  in  advancing 
His  claims.  He  did  not  force  men  to  believe  ;  He  left 
it  possible  for  them  to  doubt.  He  meant  their  intellec¬ 
tual  belief  to  advance  with,  and  not  independently  of, 
their  moral  growth.  It  is  quite  clear  that  all  the  time 
He  was  assuming  and  suggesting  this  relationship  of 
nature  to  God.  In  the  parable  of  the  wise  and  foolish 
virgins  He  is  the  Bridegroom,  whom  to  follow  is  to 
reach  heaven  {Matt.  xxv.  6).  He  is  the  King’s  Son  for 
whom  the  marriage  feast  is  prepared  {Matt.  xxii.  2).  In 
the  parable  of  the  wicked  husbandmen  {Mark  xii.  1-12) 
He  is  the  Son  and  Heir  of  God,  absolutely  distinct  from 
the  Jewish  prophets  though  their  Successor.  And  when 
the  Scribes  discussed  with  Him  why  David  called  the 
Messiah  ‘  Lord,’  His  handling  of  the  question  proves 
that  He  knew  that  while  as  the  descendant  of  David  He 
was  to  that  extent  subordinate  to  David,  He  was  also  the 
Lord  of  David  because  He  was  the  divine  Messiah. 


44  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

Further,  our  Lord,  though  He  teaches  that  all  men 
may  become  the  children  of  God,  always  makes  a  dis¬ 
tinction  between  His  own  sonship  and  that  of  His 
disciples.  He  constantly  calls  God  ‘My  Father’  {Matt. 
vii.  21;  x.  32;  xi.  27;  xv.  13,  etc.),  and  speaks  to  His 
disciples  about  ‘Your  Father.’  But  He  never  calls  God 
‘Our  Father’  except  in  the  prayer  which  He  taught  to 
His  disciples  in  direct  answer  to  their  own  request. 
The  unique  character  of  His  sonship  is  emphasised  with 
still  greater  force  in  the  passages  where  He  speaks  of 
himself  simply  as ‘the  Son.’  Thus  St.  Mark  records  a 
saying  in  which  our  Lord  places  ‘  the  Son  ’  apart  in  the 
matter  of  His  knowledge.  Speaking  of  the  day  of  judg¬ 
ment  our  Lord  says, 

‘  But  of  that  day  or  that  hour  knoweth  no  one,  not 
even  the  angels  in  heaven,  neither  the  Son,  but 
the  Father’  {Mark  xiii.  32). 

But  the  most  intimate  relationship  between  our  Lord 
and  the  Father  which  we  find  mentioned  in  the  Synoptic 
Gospels  is  probably  that  implied  in  Matt.  xi.  27-30,  and 
xxviii.  19,  20.  In  the  former  Jesus  says, 

‘All  things  have  been  delivered  unto  me  of  my 
Father :  and  no  one  knoweth  the  Son,  save  the 
Father ;  neither  doth  any  know  the  Father, 
save  the  Son,  and  he  to  whomsoever  the  Son 
willeth  to  reveal  him.  Come  unto  me,  all  ye 
that  labour  and  are  heavy  laden,  and  I  will  give 
you  rest.  Take  my  yoke  upon  you,  and  learn 
of  me ;  for  I  am  meek  and  lowly  in  heart :  and 
ye  shall  find  rest  unto  your  souls.  For  my 
yoke  is  easy,  and  my  burden  is  light.  ’ 

In  the  latter  passage  He  says, 

‘Go  ye  therefore,  and  make  disciples  of  all  the 
nations,  baptizing  them  in  the  name  of  the 
Father  and  of  the  Son  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost : 
teaching  them  to  observe  all  things  whatsoever 
I  commanded  you  :  and  lo,  I  am  with  you  alway, 
even  unto  the  end  of  the  world.’ 

Here  our  Lord  not  only  inserts  His  own  name  between 
that  of  the  Father  and  the  Holy  Spirit,  but  also  promises 
that  like  the  Father  He  wiil  be  with  His  disciples 
always.  He  is,  in  fact,  omnipresent.  And  in  saying 
this  He  is  repeating  in  another  form  what  He  had  previ- 


OUR  LORD’S  TEACHING  ABOUT  HIMSELF  45 

ously  promised  when  He  said,  c  Where  two  or  three  are 
gathered  together  in  my  name,  there  am  I  in  the  midst 
of  them  ’  {Matt,  xviii.  20). 

It  is  most  important  to  observe  that  though  our  Lord  s 
declaration  of  His  Divinity  is  most  plain  in  St.  John’s 
Gospel,  His  most  absolute  claims  upon  man  are  not  made 
in  that  Gospel  but  in  those  of  St.  Matthew  and  St.  Luke. 
And  the  earlier  Gospels  imply  the  doctrine  declared  in 
St.  John.  If  the  statements  of  the  former  with  regard 
to  Christ’s  Person  are  true,  the  statements  of  the  latter 
cannot  be  false. 

The  Doctrine  of  Christ’s  Divinity  in  St.  John. — Through¬ 
out  the  Gospel  according  to  St.  John,  there  are  two 
great  rivers  of  teaching  which  flow  from  the  same  throne 
of  God.  In  the  first  we  find  reflected  our  Lord’s  depend¬ 
ence  upon  the  Father,  in  the  second  we  find  the  unity  of 
His  Being  with  that  of  the  Father.  f  I  can  of  myself 
do  nothing’  ;  ‘I  seek  not  mine  own  will,  but  the  will  of 
him  that  sent  me’  {John  v.  30);  (l  am  come  in  my 
Father’s  name’  {John  v.  43),  are  instances  of  this  intimate 
dependence  upon  God.  But  the  dependence  is  not  the 
dependence  of  a  creature  upon  his  Creator,  but  of  an 
almighty  Son  upon  an  almighty  Father.  Jesus  plainly 
co-ordinates  His  work  writh  that  of  the  father  when 
He  commands  an  impotent  man  to  carry  his  bed  on 
the  Sabbath  day,  and  says,  f  My  Father  worketh  even 
until  now,  and  I  work’  {John  v.  17).  While  the  Father 
works,  the  Son  works,  doing  good  on  the  Sabbath  no  less 
than  other  days.  He  teaches  that  there  is  a  union  not 
only  of  co-operation,  but  also  of  actual  essence,  in  the 
passage  where  He  says,  f  I  and  the  Father  are  one  thing’ 
{John  x.  30). 

A  passage  where  our  Lord’s  teaching  about  himself  is 
sometimes  misinterpreted  is  John  x.  34  ff.  It  is  some¬ 
times  supposed  that  our  Lord  in  there  calling  himself 
( Son  of  God,’  puts  himself  on  the  same  level  as  the 
inspired  judges  of  Israel  who  are  called  f gods’  in 
P.v.  lxxxii.  6,  claiming  merely  to  be  the  bearer  of  a 
divine  message.  This  misinterpretation  overlooks  the 
conclusion  of  our  Lord’s  argument,  and  thereby  misses 
the  whole  meaning.  The  Jews  accuse  Him  of  blasphemy, 
that  is,  the  sin  of  using  profane  words.  Our  Lord 
replies  that  His  words  are  not,  even  according  to  their 


46  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

own  standard,  blasphemous.  He  had  called  himself 
Son  of  God  ;  whereas  those  who  were  entrusted  with  a 
much  lower  office  are  in  the  Old  Testament  called 
f  gods.’  Having  showed  that  He  had  not  sinned  in  word. 
He  turns  to  the  question  of  His  deeds.  He  appeals  to 
His  beneficent  and  marvellous  works  as  an  actual  proof 
that  there  is  an  essential  unity  between  himself  and  the 
Father.  His  works  are  divine,  therefore  His  Person  is 
divine.  The  Jews  perfectly  understood  His  argument, 
and  saw,  what  some  modern  writers  have  failed  to  see, 
that  He  had  repeated  His  claim  to  a  real  Divinity, 
neither  titular  nor  otiose. 

Nothing  that  speaks  concerning  Jesus  anything  lower 
than  the  language  of  the  Nicene  Creed  will  satisfy  the 
Christian  who  has  grasped  our  Lord’s  teaching  in  St. 
John’s  Gospel.  Christ  teaches  that  He  existed  before 
He  came  into  the  world  :  fl  came  out  from  the  Father, 
and  am  come  into  the  world  :  again,  I  leave  the  world, 
and  go  unto  the  Father’  {John  xvi.  28).  The  same 
thing  is  implied  in  the  prayer:  f Glorify  thou  me 
.  .  .  with  the  glory  which  I  had  with  thee  before  the 
world  was’  {John  xvii.  5).  Another  saying  of  Jesus, 
f  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  you.  Before  Abraham  was,  I 
am  ’  {John  viii.  58),  expresses  the  truth  that  He  is  an 
eternal  being.  The  words  f  Verily,  verily,’  show  the 
solemnity  of  the  announcement  which  is  about  to  be 
made,  and  the  words  f  I  am  ’  (see  Exodus  iii.  14)  signify 
an  existence  which  is  not  subject  to  change.  When 
St.  Thomas,  the  last  of  the  eleven  apostles  who  believed, 
said  c  My  Lord,  and  my  God  ’  {John  xx.  28),  his  adoring 
confession  was  accepted  by  Jesus.  St.  John’s  Gospel 
shows  that  our  Lord  claimed  to  be  essentially  divine, 
an  eternal  Person,  a  conclusion  to  which  the  Synoptic 
Gospels  inevitably  point  us.  Even  if  the  fourth  Gospel 
could  be  blotted  out  as  a  forgery,  no  other  conclusion 
would  satisfy  a  religion  based  on  the  first  three  Gospels. 
And  if  the  fourth  Gospel  is  genuine,  as  we  have  excellent 
reasons  for  believing,  we  cannot  think  that  its  picture 
of  Christ  is  false.  If  Jesus  was  only  human,  then  to 
represent  Him  as  God  would  have  been  equally  incon¬ 
sistent  with  any  true  reverence  for  God  and  any  loyal 
affection  for  a  human  friend.  The  writer  was  no  half¬ 
pagan  Greek,  who  felt  able  to  pay  divine  honours  to  a 


OUR  LORD’S  TEACHING  ABOUT  HIMSELF  47 

human  saint  or  hero,  but  a  man  who  served  one  God 
only,  the  ‘ jealous’  God  of  Israel  who  would  not  allow 
His  honour  to  be  paid  to  others.  And  his  Gospel  is  a 
perpetual  witness  to  the  historical  fact  that  Jesus  was 
not  turned  into  a  god  by  the  enthusiasm  of  ignorant 
followers,  but  that  He  was  God’s  expression  of  himself, 
God  expressed  in  human  nature  and  human  life. 

We  may  end  this  chapter  by  stating  briefly  what 
religious  value  these  titles  of  our  Lord  have,  and  will 
continue  to  have,  for  mankind. 

1.  The  title  ‘Son  of  Man’  reminds  us  of  His  readiness 
to  minister  and  to  die  for  the  good  of  men,  and  it 
reminds  us  of  His  return  to  judge  the  world.  It  tells  us 
of  a  great  love  freely  olfered  to  us,  and  the  responsibility 
that  we  incur  by  refusing  it.  It  tells  us  of  His  suffering 
for  our  transgressions,  and  it  tells  us  that  He  will  judge 
us  according  to  our  deeds.  But  it  also  speaks  of  His 
‘infinite  sense  of  brotherhood  with  toiling  and  suffering 
humanity,’  the  sympathy  of  Him  who  came  ‘to  seek  and 
to  save  that  which  was  lost  ’  ( Luke  xix.  10). 

2.  The  title  ‘Christ/  though  so  Jewish  in  its  origin,  is 
not  a  name  which  the  Gentile  Christian  can  neglect.  In 
its  simplest  meaning  of  ‘the  Anointed  One’  it  tells  us 
of  that  special  indwelling  of  the  Holy  Spirit  which 
inspired  all  the  life  of  Jesus,  and  enabled  Him  to  do  and 
suffer  more  than  any  other  member  of  our  race.  Besides 
this,  the  name  ‘  Christ’  tells  us  of  the  place  of  the  Jews 
in  God’s  plan  of  redemption.  The  Jews  were,  as  St. 
Athanasius  said,  ‘the  school  of  the  knowledge  of  God 
for  the  world.’  This  small  people  had  a  greatness  that 
belonged  to  no  great  heathen  empire.  For  through  a 
series  of  unique  difficulties,  and  amid  conditions  which 
were  unfavourable  to  the  rapid  growth  of  civilisation, 
the  Jews  did  by  their  creed,  their  worship,  and  their 
writings,  proclaim  the  Christ  to  be. 

3.  The  title  ‘  Son  of  God,  ’  when  understood  in  the 
light  of  our  Lord’s  claim  upon  our  souls,  is  the  most 
distinctive  and  most  important  truth  of  our  religion. 
God,  the  eternal  Son,  has  come  to  us  as  man,  the  man 
Christ  Jesus.  Under  essentially  human  conditions  and 
experiences  we  see  in  Jesus  God  made  manifest.  The 
everlasting  and  completely  perfect  expression  of  the 
Father  lived  as  Man  among  men.  In  the  midst  of 


48  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

human  humiliation  and  human  sorrow,  chosen  for  our 
sake,  we  see  God  exercising  His  highest  attribute  of  love. 
It  is  this  proof  of  God’s  sympathy  with  us  that  not  only 
draws  men  back  to  God,  but  gives  us  a  new  knowledge 
of  what  our  life  ought  to  be.  We  know  nothing  in  the 
nature  of  God  or  the  nature  of  man  which  renders  it 
impossible  for  a  divine  Being  to  lead  a  human  life  and 
pass  through  true  human  experiences.  And  a  study  of 
the  life  and  teaching  of  Jesus  in  a  spirit  of  moral 
sympathy  leads  us  to  the  necessity  of  seeing  in  Jesus 
the  supreme  act  of  God  in  humanity.  W e  find  in  Him  a 
true  human  activity,  and  yet  in  Him  God  comes  to  us, 
and  through  Him  God  is  in  us.  If  the  human  experi¬ 
ences  and  sufferings  of  our  Lord  veil  His  Deity,  it  is 
nevertheless  within  those  very  experiences  that  we  find 
that  Deity.  They  are  the  mightiest  work  that  God  has 
done  on  our  behalf. 


CHAPTER  V 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD 

Importance  of  this  doctrine. — One  of  the  most  central 
thoughts  in  the  teaching  of  our  Lord  is  that  of  the  king¬ 
dom  of  God.  It  dominates  so  much  of  His  doctrine,  and 
stands  in  such  close  connection  with  the  doctrine  of  His 
Person,  that  we  cannot  understand  the  Gospels  if  we 
leave  it  on  one  side.  In  the  prayer  which  Jesus  taught, 
the  words,  fthy  kingdom  come,  thy  will  be  done  on 
earth  as  it  is  in  heaven,  are  placed  near  the  beginning 
of  the  prayer  as  part  of  that  which  ought  to  be  the 
Christian  s  first  desire.  Christ  himself,  according  to  St. 
Mark  (i.  15),  began  the  preaching  of  the  Gospel  by 
saying,  fThe  time  is  fulfilled,  and  the  kingdom  of  God 
is  at  hand.’  St.  Matthew  (iv.  23)  also  describes  the 
opening  of  Christ’s  ministry  in  Galilee  as  f  preaching  the 
gospel  of  the  kingdom.’  St.  Luke  (iv.  43)  represents 
our  Lord  as  saying,  el  must  preach  the  good  tidings  of 
the  kingdom  of  God  to  the  other  cities  also  :  for  there- 
foie  was  I  sent.  St.  John  shows  that  our  Lord  regarded 
the  kingdom  of  God  as  a  state  of  blessing  and  perfection, 
for  he  records  His  saying  to  Nicodemus,  f  Except  a  man 
be  born  of  water  and  the  Spirit,  he  cannot  enter  into  the 
kingdom  of  God  ’  ( John  iii.  5). 

What  is  this  kingdom?  The  title  f kingdom  of  God’ 
is  used  by  St.  Mark  and  St.  Luke.  But  St.  Matthew 
uses  it  only  in  two  passages  (xii.  28  ;  xxi.  31,  43),  re¬ 
placing  it  as  a  rule  by  the  title  f  kingdom  of  heaven.’  It 
is  possible  that  this  means  heavenly  or  divine  kingdom, 
but  it  is  more  probable  that  it  means  exactly  the  same  as 
‘  kingdom  of  God,’  for  the  Jews  out  of  reverence  for  the 
name  of  ‘  God  ’  sometimes  replaced  it  by  the  word 
‘  heaven.  ’  In  either  case  the  idea  is  substantially  the 
same.  It  means  a  kingdom,  or  more  accurately  a  reign, 
which  is  the  reign  of  God,  its  laws  being  the  will  of  God. 

The  kingdom  of  God  in  the  Old  Testament.— The  Jews 
Mere  familiar  with  the  idea;  and  indeed  whoever  could 

D 


50  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

speak  with  power  about  the  kingdom  of  God  struck  a 
note  which  roused  the  hope  and  enthusiasm  of  almost 
every  Jewish  soul. 

The  actual  name  ‘ kingdom  of  God’  does  not  occur 
in  the  Old  Testament,  but  the  idea  which  it  expresses 
penetrated  the  whole  of  Judaism.  After  the  Covenant 
had  been  made  between  God  and  Israel  at  Sinai,  the 
Israelites  regarded  themselves  as  peculiarly  His  people. 
Scruples  were  actually  felt  as  to  the  propriety  of 
having  any  earthly  king  (1  Sam.  viii.  4-9),  but  the  earthly 
king  when  chosen  was  looked  upon  as  a  representative 
and  vice-gerent  of  God.  A  deep  undying  hope  existed  in 
the  people’s  mind  that  the  words  of  Nathan  to  David 
would  be  fulftlled,  and  that  David  would  always  be 
represented  by  a  descendant  whose  throne  would  be 
established  for  ever,  whom  God  would  chastise  if  he  com¬ 
mitted  iniquity,  but  who  would  be  regarded  by  God  as 
His  son  (2  Sam.  vii.  13).  The  writings  of  the  prophets 
overflow  with  this  hope.  It  animated  Isaiah,  Micah, 
Jeremiah,  Zephaniah,  and  Zechariah.  In  Daniel  vii. 
this  hope,  which  had  become  both  a  creed  and  a  poem,  is 
presented  in  the  form  of  a  vision.  Daniel  represents  the 
four  empires  hostile  to  Israel,  that  of  Nebuchadnezzar, 
the  Medes,  Alexander  the  Great,  and  the  Syrians,  as 
successively  losing  their  power  before  the  appearance  of 
God  upon  His  throne  of  judgment.  Then  he  adds — 

f  Behold,  there  came  with  the  clouds  of  heaven, 
one  like  unto  a  son  of  man,  and  he  came  even 
to  the  ancient  of  days  [God],  and  they  brought 
him  near  before  him.  And  there  was  given 
him  dominion,  and  glory,  and  a  kingdom,  that 
all  the  peoples,  nations,  and  languages  should 
serve  him :  his  dominion  is  an  everlasting 
dominion,  which  shall  not  pass  away,  and  his 
kingdom  that  which  shall  not  be  destroyed.’ 
Daniel  seems  to  teach  that  when  God  judges  the  world, 
the  resurrection  will  take  place  and  the  saints  will  live 
for  ever.  The  ‘  one  like  unto  a  son  of  man  ’  is  a  symbol 
of  the  faithful  remnant  of  Israelites,  the  saints  who 
shall  receive  the  kingdom  (vii.  18).  And  as  the  other 
empires  are  literal  earthly  empires,  it  is  at  least  possible 
that  Daniel  means  that  the  kingdom  of  the  saints  is  to 
be  a  kingdom  here  upon  earth. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD  51 

The  kingdom  of  God  in  Aprocryphal  Books. — During  the 
later  period  of  Judaism,  when  the  Jews  were  oppressed 
in  turn  by  the  Greeks,  by  Antiochus  Epiphanes  and  by 
the  Romans,  many  looked  forward  eagerly  tojthe  judg¬ 
ment  of  God  and  the  coming  of  the  Messiah.  Numerous 
writings  were  composed  to  sustain  this  faith.  Such  were 
the  Book  of  Enoch,  written  at  different  periods  subse¬ 
quent  to  b.  c.  133,  the  Psalms  of  Solomon  soon  after  b.c. 
63,  the  Assumption  of  Moses  written  about  the  beginning 
of  the  Christian  era,  and  the  more  familiar  Wisdom  of 
Solomon,  written  in  the  last  century  before  that  era. 
This  literature  is  sometimes  definitely  apocalyptic.  That 
is  to  say,  it  contains  revelations  or  visions  of  the  coming 
glorious  time  when  God  will  show  himself  and  enable 
the  Jews  to  throw  off  the  yoke  of  their  oppressors.  In 
these  apocalyptic  pictures  the  Messiah  frequently  appears. 
Thus  the  Psalms  of  Solomon  (xvii.  3-5)  says,  ‘We  hope 
in  God  our  Saviour,  and  the  kingdom  of  our  God  is  for 
ever  and  ever  over  the  nations,  by  the  judgment  of  God. 
Thou,  Lord,  hast  chosen  David  king  of  Israel,  and  thou 
hast  sworn  to  his  race  for  ever  and  ever  not  to  permit 
his  kingdom  to  perish  before  Thee.  ’  The  dreams  of  these 
non-canonical  apocalyptic  books  tend  to  assume  a  very 
nationalist  and  political  character.  They  both  systema¬ 
tise  and  secularise  the  ancient  hope  for  the  reign  of  God. 
We  find  clear  traces  of  this  political  element  in  the  New 
Testament  even  among  the  most  devout  Israelites. 
Zacharias  thinks  of  deliverance  from  the  yoke  of  the 
Gentiles  as  necessary  for  the  true  service  of  God  ( Luke  i. 
74),  and  it  was  with  the  greatest  difficulty  that  the  dis¬ 
ciples  rid  themselves  of  the  thought  of  an  earthly  political 
kingdom. 

Nevertheless,  holier  and  calmer  thoughts  were  enter¬ 
tained.  In  the  Wisdom  of  Solomon  (x.  10)  the  name 
1  kingdom  of  God  ’  occurs.  It  means  the  heaven  shown 
to  Jacob  when  he  dreamed  of  the  ladder  on  which  angels 
ascended  and  descended.  And  in  the  same  book  it  is 
said  that  the  f  righteous  live  for  ever,  and  in  the  Lord  is 
their  reward,  and  the  care  for  them  with  the  Most  High. 
Therefore  shall  they  receive  the  crown  of  royal  dignity 
and  the  diadem  of  beauty  from  the  Lord’s  hand’  (v.  15, 
16).^  And  again  it  is  said  that  f  the  souls  of  the  righteous 
are  in  the  hand  of  God,  and  no  torment  shall  touch  them. 


o2  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

.  .  .  They  shall  judge  nations,  and  have  dominion  over 
peoples ;  and  the  Lord  shall  reign  over  them  for  ever¬ 
more’  (iii.  1,  8).  This  kingdom  begins  already  in  the 
heart  of  the  righteous  : 

f  For  even  if  we  sin,  we  are  thine,  knowing  thy 
dominion  ;  but  we  shall  not  sin,  knowing  that 
we  have  been  accounted  thine:  For  to  be  ac¬ 
quainted  with  thee  is  perfect  righteousness,  and 
to  know  thy  dominion  is  the  root  of  immortality  ’ 
(xv.  2,  3). 

The  texts  just  quoted  are  written  in  the  true  spirit  of 
the  Psalmist,  who  sees  the  Lord  reign  in  all  His  provid¬ 
ence  and  goodness  : 

{  The  Lord  is  good  to  all ; 

And  his  tender  mercies  are  over  all  his  works. 

All  thy  works  shall  give  thanks  unto  thee,  O  Lord, 
And  thy  saints  shall  bless  thee. 

They  shall  speak  of  the  glory  of  thy  kingdom. 

And  talk  of  thy  power  ; 

To  make  known  to  the  sons  of  men  his  mighty  acts. 
And  the  glory  of  the  majesty  of  his  kingdom. 

Thy  kingdom  is  an  everlasting  kingdom, 

And  thy  dominion  endureth  throughout  all  genera¬ 
tions  ’  (Ps.  cxlv.  9fL). 

The  kingdom  is  spiritual. — ‘My  kingdom  is  not  of 
this  world  ’  ( John  xviii.  36).  The  kingdom  of  God  which 
He  has  entrusted  to  the  hands  of  His  Son  is  not  political. 
None  of  the  political  revenges  and  none  of  the  national 
enjoyments  which  the  Pharisees  and  the  Zealots  expected 
are  promised  by  Jesus.  He  has  been  charged  in  modern 
times  with  not  stimulating  commerce  or  invention  or  the 
‘ liberal  arts.’  And  His  contemporaries  were  dissatisfied 
because  He  refused  to  be  made  a  king  ( John  vi.  15).  At 
the  beginning  of  His  ministry,  and  possibly  at  later 
times,  He  was  tempted  to  take  up  the  part  of  a  national¬ 
ist  Messiah.  And  He  refused,  although  the  refusal 
meant  poverty  and  death.  We  are  told  how  from  an 
exceeding  high  mountain  He  saw  ‘  all  the  kingdoms  of 
the  world,  and  the  glory  of  them’  {Matt.  iv.  8).  From 
the  top  of  Jebel-es-Sikh,  to  the  north  of  Nazareth,  He 
probably  saw  with  outward  eyes  a  vast  panorama  stretch¬ 
ing  into  the  pagan  world.  On  one  side  were  the  rich 
corn-lands  of  Esdraelon.  Below  His  feet  were  the  roads 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD  53 

from  Egypt  and  Jerusalem  with  passing  caravans  of 
merchants.  To  the  north  lay  the  road  between  Decapolis 
and  the  coast.  There  He  might  see  the  gleam  of  march¬ 
ing  Roman  legions.  And  far  away,  there  was  the  bright 
sea  and  the  ships  laden  with  foreign  cargoes.  Satan 
made  His  thoughts  an  avenue  of  cruel  temptation  :  ‘  All 
these  things  M  ill  I  give  thee,  if  thou  wilt  fall  down  and 
worship  me/  And  Jesus  effaced  the  vision  of  worldly 
glory  from  His  mind  and  chose  the  vision  of  sorrow.  To 
the  vision  of  His  Father’s  will  He  was  consistently  obe¬ 
dient.  Shortly  before  His  death  the  Pharisees  and  the 
Herodians  deliberately  tried  to  discover  whether  He  was 
endeavouring  to  secure  an  earthly  Messianic  throne. 
They  asked  Him,  with  every  show  of  outward  respect  for 
His  learning  and  courage,  whether  it  was  lawful  to  give 
tribute  to  Cresar  or  not  ( Mark  xii.  13  ff.).  The  question 
was  a  test  question,  for  the  right  to  make  money  or  levy 
tribute  was  a  prerogative  of  the  crown.  Consequently, 
the  Jewish  false  Messiah  Bar-Cocliba  in  a.d.  134  struck 
his  own  coin  and  forbade  the  circulation  of  Roman 
money.  But  Jesus  simply  replied,  ‘  Render  unto  Caesar 
the  things  that  are  Caesar’s,  and  unto  God  the  things  that 
are  God’s/  His  vocation  was  not  to  deprive  Caesar  of  his 
tribute  but  to  vindicate  God’s  claim  upon  the  human 
soul. 

He  also  struck  at  all  political  conceptions  of  His 
kingdom  when  He  told  His  disciples  to  ‘beware  of  the 
leaven  of  the  Pharisees  and  of  Herod/  They  were  to 
follow  the  example  of  neither  the  rigorous  Jewish 
separatists,  who  wished  to  see  every  detail  of  the  law  ob¬ 
served  in  a  new  Jerusalem  miraculously  created,  nor  the 
cultured  prince  who  tinctured  a  life  of  diplomacy  and 
vice  with  an  interest  in  theology.  In  both  there  was  a 
strong  element  of  cunning.  Herod  was  ‘that  fox’  and 
the  Pharisees  were  his  equal.  The  empire  which  Christ 
came  to  found  was  not  one  which  sought  to  gain  or  to 
dispose  of  earthly  territories  and  thrones,  and  it  excludes 
cunning.  It  knows  no  statecraft  but  truth  and  justice. 
It  was  part  of  the  brilliant  cunning  of  the  opponents  of 
Jesus  that  they  persuaded  Pilate  to  condemn  Him  to 
death  on  the  ground  that  His  kingdom  was  of  this  world 
and  that  He  was  politically  dangerous.  For  their  objec¬ 
tion  to  Him  was  not  that  He  claimed  to  be  a  political 


54  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

Messiah,  but  a  heavenly  Messiah  in  closest  union  with 
Jehovah.  To  a  Roman  sceptic  the  claim  of  Jesus  to  be 
t  the  Son  of  the  Blessed  One/  who  would  one  day  appear 
on  the  clouds  of  heaven,  could  be  little  more  than  a  harm¬ 
less  fairy  tale.  But  it  meant  very  much  indeed  to  Pilate 
that  the  leading  Jews  represented  Jesus  as  threatening 
the  public  peace  by  usurping  an  outward  political 
sovereignty.  Whether  he  believed  the  Jews  or  not,  he 
acted  upon  their  suggestion  and  condemned  our  Lord  to 
death. 

The  kingdom  opposed  to  the  power  of  Satan. — The 
kingdom  or  rule  of  God  excludes  and  overthrows  the 
work  of  Satan.  In  the  teaching  of  Jesus  evil  spirits  have 
not  the  exaggerated  power  which  they  bear  in  the  child¬ 
ish  and  fantastic  legends  of  later  Judaism.  But  they 
are  recognised  as  spirits,  and  as  ‘  unclean ’  {Matt.  xii.  43  ; 
Luke  xi.  24).  Jesus  casts  them  out,  and  a  distinction  is 
drawn  between  the  expelling  of  such  spirits  and  the  mere 
healing  of  diseases  {Matt.  x.  8  ;  Luke  xiii.  32).  At  the 
head  of  these  spirits  is  Satan,  the  adversary,  also  called 
the  Devil  or  calumniator.  He  is  a  ‘  prince  ’  {John  xiv.  30), 
with  a  kingdom  {Matt.  xii.  26),  which  is  an  organised  rule 
opposed  to  the  rule  of  God.  He  is  in  a  special  sense  the 
Enemy  {Luke  x.  19),  he  sows  tares  in  the  field  where 
Jesus  sows  good  seed  {Matt.  xiii.  39),  and  he  strove  to 
‘  sift  ’  the  apostles  f  as  wheat  ’  {Luke  xxii.  31).  The 
Saviour  who  does  not  struggle  against  the  power  of  Rome 
struggles  against  ftlie  power  of  darkness.’  And  when 
the  seventy  disciples  returned  with  joy,  saying,  c  Lord, 
even  the  devils  are  subject  unto  us  in  thy  name,’  He 
said,  (  I  beheld  Satan  fallen  as  lightning  from  heaven  ’ 
{Luke  x.  18).  He  appealed  to  His  power  of  casting  out 
devils  as  a  proof  that  the  kingdom  of  God  had  already 
come  : 

‘If  I  by  the  Spirit  of  God  cast  out  devils,  then  is  the 
kingdom  of  God  come  upon  you  ’  {Matt.  xii.  28). 
Now,  it  may  be  urged  that  in  certain  cases  our  Lord 
conformed  His  language  to  the  language  of  the  period, 
and  did  not  pause  to  discuss  whether  certain  strange 
mental  diseases  were  or  were  not  due  to  the  evil  spirits 
to  which  popular  belief  attributed  such  maladies.  For 
instance,  the  last  passage  quoted  above  is  adapted  to  the 
exact  language  used  by  the  Pharisees  just  previously. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD 


55 


But  it  does  not  seem  open  to  dispute  that  He  did  mean 
to  teach  that  there  is  a  force  outside  us,  not  ourselves, 
which  tempts  us  to  evil  and  strives  to  thwart  the  work  of 
God.  And  the  victory  which  He  gained  over  that  power 
at  His  first  great  temptation  brought  with  it  the  possi¬ 
bility  and  the  guarantee  of  all  future  victories. 

The  kingdom  a  gift  of  God  to  man. — The  preaching  and 
the  appearance  of  the  kingdom  of  God  are  new  facts  in 
history.  They  are  not  a  revival  of  a  forgotten  righteous¬ 
ness,  but  a  new  favour  from  God.  All  wise  men 
regard  freedom  as  a  blessing  and  a  gift,  but  the  Gospel 
reminds  us  that  God’s  sovereignty  over  man  brought  by 
His  Son  is  itself  God’s  gift  and  the  security  for  our 
freedom.  The  kingdom  is  said  to  ‘  come,’  to  f  be  at 
hand,’  to  e  draw  nigh.’  It  is  ‘  prepared’  by  God  and 
‘  inherited  ’  {Matt.  xxv.  34).  It  is  f  given  ’  by  God  to  the 
Gentiles  after  having  been  misused  by  the  Jews  {Matt. 
xxi.  43) ;  and  in  a  passage  where  He  encourages  con¬ 
fidence  in  God,  Jesus  says  : 

‘  Fear  not,  little  flock  ;  for  it  is  your  Father’s  good 
pleasure  to  give  you  the  kingdom  ’  {Luke  xii.  32). 
As  it  is  a  gift  bestowed,  so  it  is  f received’  : 

( Whosoever  shall  not  receive  the  kingdom  of  God 
as  a  little  child,  he  shall  in  no  wise  enter  there¬ 
in  ’  {Mark  x.  15). 

At  the  same  time  we  must  remember  that  every  gift 
of  God  to  man,  every  privilege  granted,  demands  a  moral 
effort  on  man’s  side.  Faith  is  not  faith  if  it  is  a  passive 
acquiescence.  God’s  kingdom  comes  through  the  doing 
by  men  of  the  will  of  God  as  it  is  done  in  heaven.  It 
cannot  be  appropriated  without  effort  and  self-renuncia¬ 
tion.  To  f  seek  ’  implies  trouble,  and  to  c  sell  ’  everything 
for  the  sake  of  the  Kingdom  implies  self-denial  : 

fThe  kingdom  of  heaven  is  like  unto  a  merchant 
seeking  goodly  pearls  ;  and  having  found  one 
pearl  of  great  price,  he  went  and  sold  all  that 
he  had  and  bought  it’  {Matt.  xiii.  45  f.). 

God’s  purpose  for  us  is  fulfilled  by  our  own  co¬ 
operation.  And  St.  Paul  understood  the  true  place 
of  human  effort  when  he  wrote,  ‘  Work  out  your  own 
salvation  with  fear  and  trembling  ;  for  it  is  God  which 
worketh  in  you  both  to  will  and  to  work,  for  his  good 
pleasure’  {Phil.  ii.  12,  13). 


56  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

The  kingdom  tooth  present  and  future. — The  kingdom 
of  God  is  both  present  and  future.  That  is  to  say,  it 
was  present  in  the  world  when  Jesus  taught  and  worked, 
and  it  is  not  a  rule  which  will  be  first  inaugurated  at  His 
second  coming.  Its  full  realisation  is  in  the  future, 
but  it  came  among  men  in  the  actual  Person  of  our  Lord. 
It  is  also  important  to  notice  that  the  future  is  divided 
into  the  near,  the  distant,  and  the  more  distant  future. 
The  first  of  these  three  future  periods  is  that  which 
immediately  followed  the  Ascension  and  the  descent  of 
the  Holy  Spirit ;  the  second  cannot  be  sharply  divided 
from  the  first  but  begins  after  the  destruction  of 
Jerusalem  in  a.t>.  70  and  the  liberation  of  the  Church 
from  its  national  Jewish  centre  ;  the  third  begins  at  the 
last  judgment. 

If  we  bear  in  mind  this  complex  nature  of  the  kingdom 
we  shall  easily  avoid  falling  into  the  perplexity  which  is 
often  caused  by  the  question  ‘  Is  the  kingdom  eschato¬ 
logical,  or  is  it  not  ?  ’  The  word  f  eschatological’  is  applied 
to  all  those  ‘last  things’  which  the  Jews  expected  to 
happen  at  the  end  of  the  world  ;  such  as  the  coming  of 
the  Messiah,  the  defeat  and  judgment  of  His  enemies,  and 
the  beginning  of  the  reign  of  the  saints.  But  the  Jews 
themselves  were  not  agreed  as  to  the  order  of  these 
events.  Some  believed  that  the  reign  of  the  Messiah 
would  not  begin  until  after  the  judgment;  others  believed 
that  He  would  conquer  His  enemies  and  begin  His  reign 
some  time  before  the  judgment.  It  is  the  latter  belief 
which  is  nearer  to  the  teaching  of  our  Lord.  He  trans¬ 
formed  it  just  as  He  transformed  every  other  Jewish 
belief  which  He  brought  into  connection  with  His  own 
mission.  But  He  did  not  postpone  either  the  kingdom 
or  the  rule  of  God  (in  the  New  Testament  the  same  word 
fiacriXela  means  both)  until  the  time  of  His  second 
coming.  The  kingdom  came  into  the  world  as  a  hope 
for  the  future,  but  wherever  Jesus  went  the  hope 
became  an  actual  reality. 

(«)  The  kingdom  is  present.  The  preaching  of  Jesus 
begins  with  the  words,  ‘The  time  is  fulfilled,  and  the 
kingdom  of  God  is  at  hand  ’  ( Mark  i.  15).  The  old  era  is 
therefore  finished  and  a  new  era  begins.  So  too  the 
passage  already  quoted  above  implies  that  Satan  ‘the 
strong  man’  is  already  being  bound  : 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD 


57 

( If  1  by  the  Spirit  of  God  cast  out  devils,  then  is 
the  kingdom  of  God  come  upon  you.  Or  how 
can  one  enter  into  the  house  of  the  strong  man, 
and  spoil  his  goods,  except  he  first  bind  the 
strong  man?’  (Matt.  xii.  28  =  Luke  xi.  20). 

Jesus  exhorts  His  hearers  4to  seek  first  God’s  kingdom 
and  His  righteousness,  which  implies  that  both  the 
kingdom  and  the  righteousness  are  present  and  ac¬ 
cessible  (Matt.  vi.  33).  He  also  in  speaking  of  John  the 
Baptist,  says, 

c  Among  them  that  are  born  of  women  there  hath 
not  arisen  a  greater  than  John  the  Baptist;  yet 
he  that  is  but  little  in  the  kingdom  of  heaven 
is  greater  than  he.  And  from  the  days  o.f  John 
the  Baptist  until  now  the  kingdom  of  heaven 
suffereth  violence,  and  men  of  violence  take  it 
by  force’  (Matt.  xi.  11  f.). 

Moreover,  the  parables  of  the  Sower,  the  Tares,  the 
Mustard  Seed,  and  the  Leaven,  all  imply  that  the  kingdom 
is  a  present  reality.  They  are  certainly  intended  to 
convey  other  truths,  such  as  the  need  of  receiving  the 
word  rightly,  the  danger  caused  by  the  f  Enemy,’  the 
rapid  growth  of  the  kingdom,  and  the  deeply  penetrating 
influence  which  it  exercises.  1  he  c  word  of  the  kingdom  ’ 
plants  the  kingdom  on  earth,  and  as  soon  as  the  word 
uttered  by  Jesus  is  received  the  kingdom  exists  in  germ. 

(b)  The  kingdom  belongs  to  the  near  future.  It  is  a 
f  far-off  divine^  event,’  but  yet  our  Lord  said,  f  Verily  I 
say  unto  you.  There  be  some  here  of  them  that  stand  by, 
which  shall  in  no  wise  taste  of  death,  till  they  see  the 
kingdom  of  God  come  with  power  ’  (Mark  ix.  1).  St. 
Matthew  in  the  parallel  passage  says,  ^  till  they  see  the 
Son  of  man  coming  in  his  kingdom  ’  (xvi.  28).  Which¬ 
ever  of  the  two  verses  most  accurately  represents  our 
Lord’s  own  words,  a  contrast  is  implied  between  the  king¬ 
dom  as  now  seen  in  feebleness,  and  as  it  will  be  seen  in  its 
true  vigour  after  the  death  and  resurrection  of  Jesus. 
This  coming  of  the  kingdom  in  power  is  itself  a  coming  of 
the  Lord.  St.  John,  who  so  often  enables  us  to  under¬ 
stand  the  earlier  Gospels  better,  tells  us  how  our  Lord 
promised  to  come  to  His  disciples  in  order  that  they 
might  not  be  desolate  or  f  orphaned  ’  by  His  ascension 
into  heaven.  fI  come  unto  you.  Yet  a  little  while. 


58  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

and  the  world  beholdeth  me  no  more,  but  ye  behold  me 
(John  xiv.  19).  They  needed  a  lasting  present  com¬ 
munion  with  Him,  and  He  promised  to  give  it.  He 
comes  not  only  to  impart  life,  but  also  to  execute  judg¬ 
ment.  And  it  is  probably  of  the  judgment  executed  in 
the  destruction  of  Jerusalem  that  He  spoke  when  He  said  : 

‘  Verily  I  say  unto  you,  Ye  shall  not  have  gone 
through  the  cities  of  Israel,  till  the  Son  of  man 
be  come  ’  (Matt.  x.  28). 

By  this  destruction  the  kingdom  of  God  will  be  taken 
away  from  the  Jews  and  given  to  ‘a  nation  biinging 
forth  the  fruits  thereof’  (Matt.  xxi.  43).  The  conversion 
of  the  Gentiles  will  therefore  lead  to  the  development  of 
the  kingdom  of  God.  lhis  development  is  like  the 
growth  of  the  ‘  blade  into  the  ‘  ear  and  the  full  coin 
in  the  ear  ’  (Mark  iv.  28). 

(c)  The  evolution  is  to  end  with  a  revolution.  VV  e 
must  postpone  until  Chapter  x.  a  fuller  account  of  the 
final  realisation  of  the  kingdom.  The  kingdom  of  God 
will  be  consummated  at  Christ’s  second  coming.  It 
belongs  both  to  the  Father  and  to  the  Son,  and  to  the 
servants  of  the  Son  to  whom  He  will  say  : 

f  Come,  ye  blessed  of  my  Father,  inherit  the  kingdom 
prepared  for  you  from  the  foundation  of  the 
world  ’  (Matt.  xxv.  34). 

So  when  we  pray,  ‘thy  kingdom  come,’  we  are  pray¬ 
ing  not  only  for  God’s  glory,  but  for  a  glory  of  which 
He  condescends  to  make  us  heirs. 

The  disciples  are  not  to  be  impatient  for  any  coming 
of  Christ.  ‘  The  days  will  come,  when  ye  shall  desire  to 
see  one  of  the  days  of  the  Son  of  man,  and  ye  shall  not 
see  it’  (Luke  xvii.  22).  ‘God,’  as  St.  Augustine  says, 
‘is  patient  because  He  is  eternal.’  And  the  Christian 
must  wait,  watch,  and  work. 

The  kingdom  is  universal. — The  kingdom,  wherein  all 
are  free,  is  free  to  all.  It  was  not  to  be  a  nationalist 
kingdom  either  for  the  Jews  or  for  any  other  race.  Our 
Lord  in  teaching  thus  simply  annihilated  the  fiercely 
patriotic  dreams  of  the  ordinary  Jewish  apocalypses. 
This  universal  character  of  the  kingdom  seems  at  first 
sight  to  be  contradicted  by  the  severe  words  spoken 
by  Jesus  to  test  the  faith  of  the  Canaanitish  woman, 
and  the  words  which  He  spoke  just  previously  to  His 


59 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD 

disciples,  4  I  was  not  sent  but  unto  the  lost  sheep  of 
the  house  of  Israel  ’  (Matt.  xv.  24).  It  also  seems  to  be 
contradicted  by  the  express  manner  in  which  Jesus  for¬ 
bade  the  twelve  apostles  at  the  beginning  of  their 
ministry  to  go  into  any  4  way  of  the  Gentiles  ’  (Matt.  x.  5). 
But  His  principle  is  clear.  The  mission  that  He  claimed 
for  himself  during  His  earthly  ministry  was  limited  ; 
the  mission  that  He  claimed  for  His  Gospel  was  un¬ 
bounded.  It  was  His  deliberate  wish  to  travel  unknown 
at  the  time  when  the  Canaanitish  woman  sought  His  help 
(Mark  vii.  24).  He  did  in  exceptional  cases  help  the 
Gentiles  ;  but  His  method  was  to  work  upon  a  small 
circle  of  thoroughly  Jewish  disciples  and  through  them 
send  the  Gospel  to  the  world  as  soon  as  there  was  a  full 
Gospel  to  preach. 

When  our  Lord  had  died  and  risen  again,  the  Gospel 
which  tells  men  that  the  remission  of  their  sins  is  offered 
to  them  by  God  was  ready  to  be  preached.  Then,  and 
not  till  then,  did  our  Lord  give  His  apostles  a  world¬ 
wide  commission : 

4  Go  ye  therefore,  and  make  disciples  of  all  the 
nations,  baptizing  them  in  the  name  of  the 
Father  and  of  the  Son  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost  ’ 
(Matt,  xxviii.  19). 

But  He  had  before  this  prepared  them  for  this  work 
among  the  Gentiles.  He  had  told  His  disciples  that  they 
were  4  the  salt  of  the  earth  ’  and  4  the  light  of  the  world,’ 
not  merely  the  salt  and  the  light  of  Judaism  (Matt.  v. 
13  f.).  The  truth  that  the  Gospel  was  to  be  carried  to  the 
Gentiles  is  woven  into  the  fabric  of  His  parables,  such  as 
that  of  the  Barren  Fig-tree  (Luke  xiii.  6-9),  the  Great 
Supper  (Luke  xiv.  15-24),  the  Royal  Wedding  (Matt. 
xxii.  1-14),  the  Two  Sons  (Matt.  xxi.  28-32).  And 
early  in  our  Lord’s  ministry  when  He  healed  the  servant 
of  the  centurion  at  Capernaum,  He  rewarded  the 
centurion’s  exquisite  humility  and  robust  confidence 
with  a  great  prophecy  : 

4  Verily  I  say  unto  you,  I  have  not  found  so  great 
faith,  no,  not  in  Israel.  And  I  say  unto  you, 
that  many  shall  come  from  the  east  and  the 
west,  and  shall  sit  down  with  Abraham,  and 
Isaac,  and  Jacob,  in  the  kingdom  of  heaven  : 
but  the  sons  of  the  kingdom  shall  be  cast  forth 


CO  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

into  the  outer  darkness :  there  shall  be  the 
weeping  and  gnashing  of  teeth  ’  {Matt.  viii.  Ilf.). 

The  kingdom  both  inward  and  outward. — It  is  certain 
that  the  kingdom  is  presented  to  us  as  an  inward  power 
within  the  soul.  Some  scholars  believe  there  is  a  clear 
proof  of  this  in  this  passage  : 

f  And  being  asked  by  the  Pharisees,  when  the 
kingdom  of  God  cometh,  he  answered  them  and 
said,  The  kingdom  of  God  cometh  not  with 
observation  :  neither  shall  they  say,  Lo,  here  ! 
or,  There  !  for  lo,  the  kingdom  of  God  is  within 
you  ’  {Lake  xvii.  20  f.). 

Unfortunately  the  Greek  words  for  e  within  you’  are 
ambiguous,  and  may  mean  fin  your  midst.’  This  trans¬ 
lation  gives  a  good  sense.  The  kingdom  is  already 
there,  because  Jesus  is  there,  although  the  Pharisees  do 
not  recognise  its  coming.  We  can  compare  with  this 
the  rebuke  addressed  by  our  Lord  to  the  multitudes  in 
Luke  xii.  54.  They  can  interpret  correctly  the  signs  of 
the  weather  in  earth  and  sky,  they  know  when  rain  or 
heat  are  coming,  but  they  cannot  interpret  the  plain 
signs  of  the  spiritual  change  which  is  being  inaugurated. 
The  first  stage  of  the  kingdom  is  not  inaugurated  by  the 
portents,  wars  and  catastrophes  which  the  Pharisees 
expected,  but  by  the  life  of  Jesus  and  those  whom  He 
converts.  The  good  scribe  who  was  fnot  far  from  the 
kingdom  of  God  ’  {Mark  xii.  34),  and  those  on  whom  the 
beatitudes  of  Christ  are  pronounced,  show  us  that  the 
kingdom  is  in  its  essence  inward  and  unseen.  f  Blessed 
are  the  poor  in  spirit :  for  theirs  is  the  kingdom  of 
heaven’  {Matt.  v.  3). 

But  the  kingdom  of  God  is  also  outward.  All  spiritual 
forces  among  men  must  have  an  outward  form,  and  this 
form  is  a  channel  and  instrument  of  the  inward  power. 
A  treasure  of  gold  may  be  hidden  in  an  earthen  vessel 
which  merely  keeps  the  treasure  together  and  is  no 
index  to  the  nature  of  the  treasure.  But  man’s  spiritual 
treasure  is  a  life  which  cannot  be  kept  unless  it  is  able 
to  expand.  The  kingdom  of  God  beginning  as  the 
divine  rule  in  the  heart,  must  outwardly  manifest  itself 
in  an  organised  society  which  passes  through  a  history 
of  its  own.  It  is  impossible  not  to  recognise  in  the 
parable  of  the  tares  a  reference  to  the  future  existence 


Cl 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD 

of  the  Christian  Church  in  the  world.  The  tares  are 
sown  after  the  wheat  and  among  the  wheat.  The 
kingdom  is  that  part  of  the  world’s  field  where  the  good 
seed  has  been  sown  by  the  Son  of  Man,  a  part  where  good 
and  evil  grow  together  until  the  end,  when  the  angels 
f  shall  gather  out  of  his  kingdom  all  things  that  cause 
stumbling  ’  {Matt.  xiii.  41).  The  kingdom  is  also  a  drag¬ 
net  which  gathers  every  kind  of  fish,  good  and  bad. 
That  is  to  say,  it  is  an  instrument  accomplishing  God’s 
purpose  of  saving  men,  securing  even  many  who  will 
ultimately  be  rejected,  as  well  as  those  who  will  be 
ultimately  accepted  {Matt.  xiii.  47). 

The  kingdom  therefore  consists  of  persons  who  are 
visibly  connected  with  one  another.  Among  these 
persons  there  are  differences  of  rank,  for  he  that  is 
f  but  little  in  the  kingdom  of  heaven  ’  is  greater  than 
the  Baptist  {Matt.  xi.  11).  Emulation  is  not  unlawful. 
But  it  must  be  emulation  not  for  office,  but  for  service  : 
•'Whosoever  would  become  great  among  you  shall  be 
your  minister ;  and  whosoever  would  be  first  among 
you  shall  be  your  servant’  {Matt.  xx.  20).  It  is  a 
society  of  brothers  {Matt,  xxiii.  8),  and  it  will  be  the 
duty  of  St.  Peter  to  Establish’  his  brethren  after  his 
repentance  {Luke  xxii.  32).  The  kingdom  of  heaven, 
of  which  St.  Peter  received  the  keys,  must  necessarily 
have  a  visible  outward  form,  it  must  be  a  society  to 
which  men  can  be  admitted  and  from  which  they  can 
be  excluded.  To  this  society  Christ  gives  the  name  of 
‘  my  Church  ’ : 

fThou  art  Peter,  and  upon  this  rock  I  will  build 
my  church  :  and  the  gates  of  Hades  shall  not 
prevail  against  it.  I  will  give  unto  thee  the 
keys  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven  :  and  whatso¬ 
ever  thou  shalt  bind  on  earth  shall  be  bound 
in  heaven  :  and  whatsoever  thou  shalt  loose  on 
earth  shall  be  loosed  in  heaven  ’  {Matt.  xvi.  18  f.). 

The  kingdom  of  Jesus. — The  kingdom  of  God  is  also 
the  kingdom  of  His  Son,  who  founds  and  administers 
it.  He  definitely  calls  His  own  the  kingdom  where  He 
has  sown  the  good  seed  {Matt.  xiii.  41).  In  heaven  the 
kingdom  has  been  received  by  Him  since  He  departed 
from  this  world  {Luke  xix.  12).  He  promises  to  come 
in  His  kingdom  in  the  lifetime  of  His  disciples  {Matt. 


62  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

xvi.  28).  And  when  He  tells  Pilate  c  my  kingdom  is 
not  of  this  world,  He  shows  that  the  heavenly  kingdom 
is  His  own  {John  xviii.  86).  He  is  himself  fthe  King’ 
who  shall  judge  the  nations  at  the  last  day  {Matt.  xxv. 
84),  and  the  faithful  disciples  shall  feat  and  drink  at 
my  table  in  my  kingdom  *  {Luke  xxii.  30).  The  king¬ 
dom  of  the  Son,  as  a  kingdom  of  a  saving  redemptive 
character,  will  then  have  terminated.  The  mediatorial 
work  of  the  King  will  be  completed.  It  will  end  when, 
as  St.  Paul  says,  ‘  he  shall  deliver  up  the  kingdom  to 
God,  even  the  Father’  (1  Cor.  xv.  24). 

Can  we  define  the  kingdom? — The  kingdom  of  God 
is  a  power  of  such  wideness  and  complexity  that  no 
exact  definition  is  possible.  We  have  seen  that  it 
expresses  the  highest  good  for  man.  It  is  both  a  sphere 
of  life,  and  a  society  of  persons.  It  is  both  the  influence 
of  God  within  the  soul  here  and  now,  and  His  reign  of 
perfect  righteousness  and  joy  hereafter.  In  our  Lord’s 
teaching  on  the  subject  there  is  infinite  variety,  but  no 
contradiction.  It  is  the  reign  of  God  in  the  hearts  and 
conduct  of  His  children,  a  reign  which  was  embodied  in 
the  whole  character  of  Jesus  Christ,  which  has  expanded 
in  the  life  of  the  Church,  and  will  be  perfected  at  the 
second  coming  of  our  Lord. 


CHAPTER  VI 


THE  RIGHTEOUSNESS  OF  THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD — I 

The  worth  of  a  soul. — To  understand  what  kind  of  right¬ 
eousness  is  necessary  in  the  kingdom  of  God,  we  must 
understand  on  what  that  righteousness  is  founded.  It 
is  founded  on  the  truth  that  God  is  our  Father,  and  that 
God  values  every  human  soul.  Even  this  does  not 
express  the  matter  fully  enough.  It  is  more  just  to 
say  that  God  values  and  loves  every  single  life .  Our 
Lord  healed  men’s  bodies  as  well  as  the  bruised  spirit, 
and  taught  us  that  our  bread  and  our  clothing  are  God’s 
concern.  Never  before  in  the  history  of  the  world  was 
such  reverence  shown  towards  man,  woman,  and  child, 
as  was  shown  by  Jesus  Christ.  He  proclaimed  that 
little  children  have  a  right  to  be  respected  and  a  right 
to  the  good  things  of  the  kingdom  : 

f  And  they  brought  unto  him  little  children,  that 
he  should  touch  them  :  and  the  disciples  re¬ 
buked  them.  But  when  Jesus  saw  it,  he  was 
moved  with  indignation,  and  said  unto  them. 
Suffer  the  little  children  to  come  unto  me ; 
forbid  them  not ;  for  of  such  is  the  kingdom 
of  God.  Verily  I  say  unto  you,  whosoever  shall 
not  receive  the  kingdom  of  God  as  a  little 
child,  he  shall  in  no  wise  enter  therein.  And 
he  took  them  in  his  arms,  and  blessed  them, 
laying  his  hands  upon  them’  {Mark  x.  13-16). 
And  again — 

f  See  that  ye  despise  not  one  of  these  little  ones  ; 
for  I  say  unto  you,  that  in  heaven  their  angels 
do  always  behold  the  face  of  my  Father  which 
is  in  heaven’  {Matt,  xviii.  10). 

Not  only  then  has  the  soul  of  a  child  the  same  right 
of  access  to  God  as  the  soul  of  a  man,  but  the  man  must 
learn  something  from  the  child.  The  Christian  is  not 
required  to  live  in  an  intellectual  doll’s  house.  The 

63 


«4  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

man  is  to  ‘put  away  childish  things/  But  he  is  to  keep 
and  cultivate  those  qualities  of  trustfulness  in  God,  of 
purity  and  humility,  which  lead  us  to  see  what  is  most 
true  and  beautiful. 

Women  aie  also  called  to  a  position  which  the  civilisa¬ 
tion  of  the  ancient  world  did  not  win  for  them.  In  fact 
it  can  be  fairly  maintained  that  increased  culture  in 
Greece,  Rome,  and  India,  lowered  rather  than  raised 
the  position  of  women.  Our  Lord  treated  them  as 
spiritually  the  equals  of  man.  And  St.  Luke,  who 
seems  to  have  depended  for  part  of  his  narrative  on 
the  evidence  supplied  by  Joanna,  the  wife  of  Cliuza, 
delicately  gives  prominence  to  women  in  his  Gospel. 
Jesus  sometimes  made  His  home  in  the  house  of  Lazarus 
and  his  sister  Martha,  and  his  other  sister  Mary,  who 
chose  ‘the  good  part,  which  shall  not  be  taken  away 
*rom  her  (Luke  x.  42).  Such  were  the  little  group  of 
women  who  followed  Him  and  ‘  ministered  unto  him  of 
their  substance  (Luke  viii.  3).  And,  above  all,  the 
years  that  He  spent  with  His  blessed  virgin  Mother 
whose  soul  was  pierced  for  His  sake  (Luke  ii.  35),  and 
pondered  in  her  heart  the  things  connected  with  His 
birth  (Luke  ii.  19),  tell  us  that  duty  done  at  home 
is  the  divinely  appointed  preparation  for  duty  in  the 
world. 

Repentance  and  Sin  The  first  form  which  righteous¬ 
ness  takes  is  repentance.  It  is  impossible  to  exaggerate 
the  impoitance  which  is  attached  to  repentance  in  the 
New  testament.  The  beginning  of  our  Lord’s  teaching 
was.  Repent  ye,  and  believe  in  the  gospel’  (Mark  i.  15) 
The  apostles  pursued  the  same  method.  They  tried  to 
deepen  in  men  a  sense  of  sin,  and  to  lead  them  to  a 
changed  mind.  St.  John  the  Baptist  had  administered 
a  baptism  unto  repentance  ’ ;  they  administered  a 
baptism  which  expressed  not  only  sorrow  for  sin  but  also 
iaith  in  Jesus.  .  Repentance  is  much  more  than  regret 
oi  sorrow.  It  is  a  change  of  mind,  an  acceptance  of 
God  s  will  and  the  determination  to  do  that  will.  Our 
eternal  destiny  depends  upon  repentance  because  it  is 
the  attitude  of  our  self  towards  sin,  just  as  faith  is  our 
attitude  towards  God  and  holiness.  It  has  a  definite 
aim,  an  aim  which  must  be  clearly  before  it  from  the 
rust,  and  that  aim  is  the  putting  away  of  sin. 


THE  RIGHTEOUSNESS  OF  THE  KINGDOM  65 

Our  Lord  never  minutely  defines  sin.  He  assumes 
that  sin  exists,  and  that  it  is  universal.  It  is  described 
as  the  mistake  of  a  man  who  misses  his  way,  as  the 

transgression  of  some  particular  command  of  God.  It 

is  lawlessness’  violating  God’s  law  as  a  whole.  It  is 
also  regarded  by  Jesus  as  a  state  of  slavery.  ‘  Every  one 
that  committeth  sin  is  the  bond-servant  of  sin  ’  (John 

'  ma7  a*so  be  trul7  described  as  a  state  of 
death,  as  it  implies  separation  from  God,  the  source  of 
all  life,  ty  hen i  the  bather  welcomes  home  His  prodigal 
soil  He  says,  ‘  This  my  son  was  dead,  and  is  alive  again  ’ 
(Luho  XV.  24).  I  he  forgiveness  of  a  man’s  sins  by  God 
follows  on  his  repentance.  It  occupies  a  most  prominent 
part  in  the  teaching  of  our  Lord,  who  compares  it  with 

lv?iiCE9^  lmga  °f -a  d?rt  J°f  ten  thousand  talents  (Matt. 
xvm.  24),  and  himself  dispenses  forgiveness  to  the 

contrite  sou  1.  The  first  blessing  of  the  kingdom  offered 
to  men  is  the  forgiveness  of  their  sins.  When  a  man 
struck  down  by  paralysis  was  brought  to  Him,  our  Lord 
first  healed  the  disease  of  his  soul.  To  the  astonishment 
of  the  Scribes  He  said,  c  Son,  be  of  good  cheer;  thy  sins 
are  forgiven  (Matt.  ix.  2).  He  taught  His  disciples  to 
pray  for  forgiveness  :  1 

c  Forgive  us  our  sins ;  for  we  ourselves  also  forgive 
every  one  that  is  indebted  to  us  ’  (Luke  xi.  4). 
Every  kmd  of  sin  can  be  forgiven,  except  that  sin 
which  by  its  very  nature  excludes  repentance  : 

‘  Whosoever  shall  blaspheme  against  the  Holy  Spirit 
hath  never  forgiveness,  but  is  guilty'  of  an 
eternal  sin  ’  (Mark  iii.  29). 

The  passage  must  be  studied  as  a  whole.  It  shows 
that  the  Scribes  who  had  said  that  Beelzebub  was  the 
cause  of  the  works  done  by  Jesus  were  in  danger  of  this 
blasphemy,  their  moral  nature  being  so  corrupt  that 
they  could  no  longer  tell  the  difference  between  good 
and  evil,  they  were  in  danger  of  sinning  away  the 
power  of  repentance,  and  therefore  of  salvation. 

In  spite  of  the  terrible  nature  of  sin,  it  is  a  means  of 
calling  out  all  the  love  of  God.  His  compassion  is  shown 
in  the  work  of  Jesus,  and  in  that  fjoy’  which  is  in 
heaven  over  one  sinner  that  repenteth  ’  (Luke  xv.  7) 

Ri^t1e0asnef  is  (*)  love  and  faith.— In  the  language  of 
the  Bible  righteousness  ’  means  conformity  with  God’s 


66  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

requirements.  If  God  is  our  Father  and  attaches  an 
infinite  value  to  every  human  soul,  the  righteousness 
which  He  requires  must  be  love  and  faith.  Our  Lord 
solemnly  ratifies  the  teaching  of  the  Old  Testament  that 
the  two  great  commandments  are  to  love  God  4  with  all 
thy  heart,  and  with  all  thy  soul,  and  with  all  thy  mind, 
and  with  all  thy  strength/'  and  to  love  thy  neighbour  ‘  as 
thyself’  {Mark  xii.  30,  31).  If  a  man  fulfils  these  com¬ 
mandments,  he  is  doing  what  God  requires.  In  the  first 
three  Gospels  f  faith’  specially  means  a  conviction  that 
God  places  himself  at  the  service  of  His  children,  and 
the  certainty  that  all  things  are  possible  with  God  {Luke 
xviii.  27  ;  Mark  x.  27).  This  is  put  into  a  proverbial 
form  when  our  Lord  says, 

f  Have  faith  in  God.  Verily  I  say  unto  you,  Whoso¬ 
ever  shall  say  unto  this  mountain,  Be  thou 
taken  up  and  cast  into  the  sea  ;  and  shall  not 
doubt  in  his  heart,  but  shall  believe  that  what 
he  saith  cometh  to  pass ;  he  shall  have  it 
{Mark  xi.  23). 

And  a  concrete  instance  of  the  faith  that  He  required 
is  given  when  the  disciples  w^ere  terrified  by  the  storm 
on  the  Sea  of  Tiberias,  and  Christ,  after  causing  the 
wind  to  cease,  said  to  them,  f  Why  are  ye  fearful  ?  have 
ye  not  yet  faith?’  {Mark  iv.  40). 

Trust  in  the  power  of  Jesus  Christ  is  a  trust  which 
must  accompany  the  belief  that  He  is  the  Son  of  God. 
Faith  in  God  revealed  in  Christ  is  linked  with  faith  in 
Christ.  And  in  St.  John’s  Gospel  faith  is  the  belief 
f  that  Jesus  is  the  Son  of  God,’  and  those  who  believe  in 
the  Father  are  told  by  Him  to  *  believe  also  in  me  ’  {John 
xiv.  1).  When  therefore  St.  Paul  declared  that  f  faith 
working  through  love’  {Gal.  v.  6)  is  the  one  great 
principle  of  the  Christian  life,  he  meant  nothing  that 
contradicts  his  own  assertion  that  e  circumcision  is 
nothing,  and  uncircumcision  is  nothing  ;  but  the  keep¬ 
ing  of  the  commandments  of  God’  (1  Cor.  vii.  19).  For 
the  commandments  of  God  are  not  kept,  unless  our 
observance  of  them  flows  from  a  positive  principle  of 
active  and  devoted  love. 

Righteousness  is  therefore  primarily  inward.  The 
Gospel  reveals  to  us  not  only  the  worth  of  the  individual 
man,  but  also  the  worth  of  the  inner  man.  The  tendency 


THE  RIGHTEOUSNESS  OF  THE  KINGDOM  67 

of  the  Pharisees  was  not  the  desire  to  be  righteous,  but 
the  desire  to  be  thought  righteous.  They  desired  the 
praise  of  man,  and  in  winning  it  exhausted  all  the  reward 
they  could  ever  get  (Matt.  vi.  2,  5,  16).  God  gives 
nothing  to  those  who  merely  perform  actions  which  are 
only  outwardly  correct  and  edifying.  The  Christian 
may  seek  a  reward,  but  it  is  the  reward  of  communion 
with  God,  and  God’s  gift  to  us  of  that  which  adds  to  the 
progress  of  His  kingdom.  A  man  must  learn  to  pray  in 
‘the  closet’  of  his  heart,  alone  with  God,  and,  to  use 
St.  Pauls  word,  ‘buffet’  his  sinful  and  selfish  desires  in 
secret ;  he  must  learn  to  give  alms  with  no  desire  for 
applause,  so  that  his  left  hand  does  not  know  what  his 
right  hand  doeth  (Matt.  vi.  3).  He  must  train  himself 
to  conceal  his  fasts  by  his  cheerfulness  (Matt.  vi.  17). 
When  he  has  trained  himself  to  Glo  his  righteousness  ’ 
in  this  way,  God  will  recompense  him,  and  perhaps  do  it 
openly  by  calling  him  out  into  the  world  to  raise  the 
standard  of  social  virtue.  Our  sole  motive  must  be  the 
inward  desire  of  serving  God,  of  loving  God  in  man,  and 
man  in  God.  This  is  the  e  single  eye,’  or  ‘sound  eye.’ 
In  the  body  illumination  depends  on  the  eye  ;  the  brain 
does  not  deal  properly  with  an  external  object  unless  the 
eye  is  sound  and  the  sight  not  distorted.  So  in  the  moral 
sphere,  we  shall  only  move  rightly  when  our  motives  are 
directed  straight  towards  God  (Matt.  vi.  22,  23). 

The  austerity  of  the  Gospel. — Our  righteousness  must 
f  exceed  the  righteousness  of  the  scribes  and  Pharisees  ’ 
(Matt.  v.  20).  It  must  embrace  the  whole  character.  If 
the  tree  is  good,  the  fruit  will  be  good  ;  but  if  the  tree 
is  corrupt,  the  fruit  will  be  corrupt.  Men  ordinarily 
think  that  the  tongue  need  not  be  controlled  severelv, 
that  a  word  is  a  mere  breath  carried  away  by  the  air. 
But  our  Lord  teaches  that  we  shall  be  confronted  by  our 
words  at  the  day  of  judgment.  They  will  influence  our 
eternal  destiny  : 

f  Every  idle  word  that  men  shall  speak,  they  shall 
give  account  thereof  in  the  day  of  judge¬ 
ment.  For  by  thy  words  thou  shalt  be  justified, 
and  by  thy  words  thou  shalt  be  condemned  ’ 
(Matt.  xii.  36,  37). 

His  teaching  with  regard  to  anger,  lust,  oaths,  and 
revenge,  transformed  the  teaching  of  the  Old  Testament 


G8  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUll  LORD 

by  carrying  into  the  very  recesses  ot  the  soul  the  pie- 
scriptions  which  had  only  appeared  to  affect  the  outwaid 
act.  ‘  Ye  have  heard  that  it  was  said  to  them  of  old 
time,  Thou  shalt  not  kill ;  and  whosoever  shall  kill  shall 
be  in  danger  of  the  judgement :  but  I  say  unto  you,  that 
every  one  who  is  angry  with  his  brother  shall  be  in 
danger  of  the  judgement  {Matt.  v.  21,  22).  T.he  Jewish 
law  forbade  murder;  Jesus  forbids  that  passion  which 
desires  a  brother’s  harm  and  is  the  source  of  murder. 
So  too  the  law  forbade  adultery.  Jesus  forbids  a 
violation  of  the  law  of  purity  in  look  or  thought  ,  con¬ 
demning  not  the  involuntary  intrusion  of  a  temptation, 
but  all  deliberate  cherishing  of  such  a  temptation  {Matt. 
v.  28).  The  law  upheld  the  sanctity  of  an  oath  ;  Jesus 
condemns  all  sw'earing  ‘by  this  or  that,  and  declaies 
that  a  simple  ‘yes’  or  ‘no  ought  to  be  as  sacied  and 
binding  as  a  promise  made  with  the  most  solemn  sanction 
that  could  be  devised  {Matt.  v.  33  ff.).  The  law  limited 
j.0ygjig0  and  laid  down  the  nature  of  punishment,  .  An 
eye  for  an  eye,  and  a  tooth  for  a  tooth  ,  Jesus  pi  ohibits 
r0V0nge.  He  lays  such  stress  upon  the  duty  of  patiently 
enduring  injury  rather  than  requiting  it  that  He  seems 
to  mean  that  the  limit  of  such  patience  is  to  be  fixed 
by  the  welfare  of  the  offender  himself.  ‘  Whosoever 
smiteth  thee  on  thy  right  cheek,  turn  to  him  the  other 
also,’  is  a  command  which  must  not  be  so  acted  upon  as 
to  cause  the  smiter  to  attack  his  inoffensive  neighbours 
indefinitely.  But  if  the  endurance  of  an  injury  can  be 
made  the  means  of  ‘gaining  thy  brother’  {Matt,  xviii. 
15),  then  it  ought  to  be  endured.  And  lastly,  the  law' 
required  men  to  love  their  neighbours,  and  Jewish 
exclusiveness  had  fostered  the  belief  that  it  was  legiti¬ 
mate  and  praiseworthy  to  hate  an  enemy.  But  Jesus 
enjoins  men  to  love  their  enemies  and  pray  for  those 
that  persecute  them.  By  such  love  as  this,  and  by 
nothing  short  of  this,  ‘Ye  may  be  sons  of  your  Father 
which  is  in  heaven  :  for  he  maketh  his  sun  to  rise  on 
the  evil  and  the  good,  and  sendeth  rain  on  the  just  and 
the  unjust’  {Matt.  v.  45). 

Righteousness  (ii)  implies  humility. — A  sense  of  God  s 
perfection  and  of  man’s  imperfection  and  responsibility 
begets  humility.  The  humility  taught  by  Christ _  is 
totally  different  from  the  unmanly  pettiness  of  mind 


THE  RIGHTEOUSNESS  OF  THE  KINGDOM  69 

which  the  Greek  condemned,  and  from  the  morbid 
disgust  with  life  and  self  which  the  Indian  Buddhists 
praised.  Jesus  showed  us  that  as  we  draw  near  to  God 
we  grow  conscious  of  our  own  unworthiness.  The 
parable  of  the  Pharisee  and  the  publican  who  went  up  to 
the  Temple  to  pray,  illustrates  the  truth  that  to  be 
f  justified,’  pardoned  and  accepted  by  God,  we  must  not 
boast  of  goodness,  but  aspire  towards  goodness  by  con¬ 
fessing  sin  and  putting  it  away  : 

‘  For  every  one  that  exalteth  himself  shall  be 
humbled  ;  but  he  that  humbleth  himself  shall 
be  exalted  ’  (. Luke  xviii.  14). 

Another  illustration  is  derived  by  our  Lord  from 
ordinary  social  life.  A  man  invited  to  a  marriage  feast 
takes  the  chief  seat  and  the  host  compels  him  to  leave 
it  for  the  sake  of  a  more  honourable  guest : 

‘  But  when  thou  art  bidden,  go  and  sit  down  in  the 
lowest  place ;  that  when  he  that  hath  bidden 
thee  cometh,  he  may  say  to  thee.  Friend,  go 
up  higher  :  then  shalt  thou  have  glory  in  the 
presence  of  all  that  sit  at  meat  with  thee. 
For  every  one  that  exalteth  himself  shall  be 
humbled  ;  and  he  that  humbleth  himself  shall 
be  exalted’  ( Luke  xiv.  10,  11). 

It  is  not  degradation  but  exaltation  through  humility 
which  we  are  encouraged  to  seek.  The  repression  of 
self  is  not  an  end,  but  a  means,  a  recoil  to  be  followed 
by  a  leap  forward.  It  is  the  rule  of  all  sure  progress. 
No  art  and  no  science  can  be  acquired  without  the 
capacity  to  submit  and  to  learn.  And  spiritual  humility 
consists  in  learning  of  Jesus,  who  says,  ‘Take  my  yoke 
upon  you,  and  learn  of  me  :  for  I  am  meek  and  lowly  in 
heart  (Matt.  xi.  29).  The  rule  that  He  taught,  He 
followed  first  himself ;  and  we  read  how  He  performed 
the  office  of  a  slave  at  the  last  meal  that  He  ate  with 
His  disciples  before  His  death.  He  washed  their  feet 
and  said : 

‘  Ye  call  me,  Master,  and,  Lord  :  and  ye  say  well ;  for 
so  I  am.  If  I  then,  the  Lord  and  the  Master, 
have  washed  your  feet,  ye  also  ought  to  wash 
one  another’s  feet.  For  I  have  given  you  an 
example,  that  ye  also  should  do  as  I  have  done 
to  you  ’  ( John  xiii.  12  IF.). 


70  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

Righteousness  implies  (iii)  active  service.— The  love 
and  faith  which  are  the  ground  of  forgiveness  (see  Luke 
vii.  36-50),  and  are  deepened  by  forgiveness,  will  express 
themselves  spontaneously  in  the  service  of  God  : 

f  He  that  hath  my  commandments,  and  keepeth 
them,  he  it  is  that  loveth  me :  and  he  that 
loveth  me  shall  be  loved  of  my  Father,  and  I 
will  love  him,  and  will  manifest  myself  unto 
him  ’  (John  xiv.  21). 

Love  sets  all  the  powers  of  the  soul  in  motion.  And 
the  way  of  righteousness  is  not  easy,  for  it  is  entered^  by 
a  narrow  gate  and  demands  a  strenuous  life.  The 
Christian  life  requires  watchfulness,  fidelity,  hard 
work.  Christ’s  disciples  are  described  as  labourers, 
stewards,  servants  as  well  as  friends.  The  faithful  and 
business-like  use  of  even  one  talent  by  the  servant  to 
whom  it  is  entrusted,  is  commended  as  not  merely 
good  but  necessary  under  pain  of  punishment  (Matt. 
xxv.  27).  The  parable  of  the  Labourers  in  the  Vineyard 
shows  us  well  both  the  gracious  interest  of  God  in  all 
who  come  to  serve  Him,  and  the  uncalculating  spirit  in 
which  the  service  ought  to  be  rendered.  The  men  who 
have  no  opportunity  of  working  for  God  until  the 
e  eleventh  hour,’  receive  the  same  recompense  as  those 
who  have  toiled  all  day.  The  purpose  of  the  parable  is 
to  rebuke  idleness,  to  encourage  those  who  began  their 
work  late,  and  to  check  the  jealousy  of  those  who  began 
their  work  early.  God  does  not  deal  with  us  on  the 
legal  principle  of  debit  and  credit.  He  expects  us  to 
find  joy  in  working  for  Him.  This  work  is  itself  in  a 
large  measure  its  own  reward,  and  to  be  jealous  about 
payment  is  to  show  a  misapprehension  of  the  goodness  of 
God  (Matt.  xx.  1  If.). 

The  ungrudging  character  of  the  service  which  we  owe 
to  God  is  shown  in  the  stern  parable  which  ends  with  the 
command — 

‘  Even  so  yd*  also,  when  ye  shall  have  done  all  the 
things  that  are  commanded  you,  say,  We  are 
unprofitable  servants  ;  we  have  done  that  which 
it  was  our  duty  to  do  ’  (Luke  xvii.  10). 

If  the  parable  stood  alone,  it  would  seem  harsh.  For  it 
implies  a  parallel  between  God  and  a  master  who  makes 
his  servant  work  in  the  fields  by  day  and  then  in  the 


THE  RIGHTEOUSNESS  OF  THE  KINGDOM  71 

house  in  the  evening-,  and  yet  gives  the  servant  no 
thanks.  But  the  principle  is  exactly  that  principle  which 
inspired  St.  Paul  and  so  many  of  God’s  saints.  Our 
Lord  never  meant  that  our  Father  in  heaven  is  a  hard 
Task-master.  But  He  meant  us  to  realise  that  we  never 
can  do  enough  for  God,  never  repay  what  we  owe  to 
Him.  And  the  corresponding  truth  is  that  we  can  never 
make  a  compact  with  God,  never  say  ‘I  will  do  so  much, 
if  thou  wilt  give  me  so  much.’  That  is  a  return  to  the 
law.  But  the  religion  which  Christ  has  taught  us  is  a 
religion  of  ‘grace,’  that  is,  of  the  undeserved  loving¬ 
kindness  of  God  to  man,  who  will  give  us  more  than 
we  deserve,  and  even  more  than  we  desire. 

Righteousness  implies  (iv)  devotion  to  Jesus  Christ. — 
The  Gospel  of  grace  concerns  not  only  our  relation  to 
the  Father  but  our  relation  to  Jesus  Christ.  Our 
attitude  towards  Him  will  determine  our  future  through¬ 
out  eternity.  ‘  Eternal  punishment’  and  ‘eternal  life’ 
will  depend  upon  our  mercy  or  lack  of  mercy  shown 
towards  the  needy  and  the  desolate  in  whose  person 
Christ  comes  to  us  {Matt.  xxv.  40  ff.).  Our  ideal  of  life  must 
be  His  ideal.  His  complete  dependence  upon  the  Father 
is  expressed  in  the  words  ‘ My  meat  is  to  do  the  will  of 
him  that  sent  me’  {John  iv.  34).  This  obedience  to  the  will 
of  the  Father  led  Jesus  to  the  Cross.  And  the  imitation 
of  Christ  on  our  part  must  include  the  bearing  of  any 
cross  that  God  may  lay  upon  us : 

‘  Whosoever  doth  not  bear  his  own  cross,  and  come 
after  me,  cannot  be  my  disciple  ’  {Luke  xiv.  27). 
He  certainly  claims  the  first  place  in  our  affections,  as 
when  He  says,  ‘He  that  loveth  father  or  mother  more 
than  me  is  not  worthy  of  me  ’  {Matt.  x.  37).  This  appears 
in  a  severer  and  more  paradoxical  form  in  Luke  xiv.  26, 
where  He  says,  ‘  If  any  man  cometh  unto  me,  and  hateth 
not  his  own  father,  and  mother,  and  wife,  and  children, 
and  brethren,  and  sisters,  yea,  and  his  own  life  also,  he 
cannot  be  my  disciple.’  These  strong  words  imply  that 
where  our  duty  to  Christ  is  at  stake,  no  pain  of  separa¬ 
tion  or  alienation  from  those  nearest  to  us  must  make  us 
falter.  The  ‘work’  that  God  requires  of  us  is  the  moral 
effort  of  believing  in  Him  whom  God  hath  sent  {John  vi. 
29).  We  must  place  ourselves  at  His  disposal  without 
any  reserve.  We  are  to  ‘hate’ and  ‘lose’ our  natural 


72  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

life  for  the  sake  of  a  better  and  ‘more  abundant’  life, 
a  life  richer  in  experience  and  more  potent  in  influence. 
And  we  are  to  do  this  relying  on  His  words,  ‘Whosoever 
would  save  his  life  shall  lose  it ;  and  whosoever  shall 
lose  his  life  for  my  sake  and  the  gospel’s  shall  save  it’ 
{Mark  viii.  35). 

Prayer. —There  is  one  duty  which  so  intimately  con¬ 
cerns  the  individual  soul  that  it  must  be  included  in  any 
account  of  the  righteousness  which  God  requires.  It  is 
the  duty  of  prayer.  Prayer  indeed  brings  a  special 
blessing  when  it  is  united  prayer.  The  Lord’s  Prayer 
which  He  taught  to  His  disciples  is  a  prayer  taught  to 
all  in  common.  If  two  persons  agree  together  to  seek 
some  blessing  in  prayer,  they  can  pray  with  a  special 
assurance  {Matt,  xviii.  19).  And  wherever  two  or  three 
are  gathered  together  in  Christ’s  name,  He  has  promised 
to  be  in  the  midst  of  them  {Matt,  xviii.  20).  But  no 
effectual  prayer  can  be  made  in  common  until  each  one 
who  prays  has  himself  learned  how  to  draw  nigh  to  God. 

The  Gospels  record  positive  instances  of  our  Lord 
praying.  They  cover  the  whole  of  His  public  life  from 
His  baptism  to  His  death.  Of  these  instances  seven  are 
recorded  by  St.  Luke  alone.  The  evangelist  who  gives 
more  prominence  than  the  other  two  Synoptic  writers  to 
the  work  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  gives  special  prominence  to 
prayer  which  that  Holy  Spirit  prompts.  Christ  prayed 
for  himself  before  His  Passion,  He  prayed  for  His  whole 
Church,  and  He  assured  St.  Peter,  ‘  I  made  supplication 
for  thee,  that  thy  faith  fail  not  ’  {Luke  xxii.  32). 

The  parable  of  the  Friend  who  at  midnight  disturbs 
another  man  teaches  us  that  prayer  is  never  out  of 
season  and  may  rightly  be  importunate  {Luke  xi.  5)  ;  and 
the  parable  of  the  Unjust  Judge,  who  at  length  yields  to 
the  entreaty  of  a  widow,  teaches  the  same  lesson  of  per¬ 
severance  in  another  form  {Luke  xviii.  1). 

The  disposition  with  which  we  must  offer  prayer  is 
shown  in  the  humility  of  the  publican  who  cries  ‘God 
be  merciful  to  me  a  sinner  ’  {Luke  xviii.  13)  ;  and  the 
prayer  which  the  Prodigal  Son  meant  to  make  to  his 
father  shows  us  how  rich  the  reward  of  genuine  humility 
may  be  {Luke  xv.  18).  The  great  stress  which  is  laid 
upon  the  necessity  of  a  forgiving  spirit  in  the  parable  of 
the  Unmerciful  Servant  {Matt,  xviii.  21)  is  proportionate 


THE  RIGHTEOUSNESS  OF  THE  KINGDOM  73 

to  the  difficulty  of  this  spirit.  W atchfulness  is  also 
needful  ( Mark  xiii.  33),  and  faith  : 

‘  All  things  whatsoever  ye  pray  and  ask  for,  believe 
that  ye  have  received  them,  and  ye  shall  have 
them  ’  ( Mark  xi.  24). 

Primarily  we  must  pray  to  be  delivered  from  temptation, 
that  is,  from  all  circumstances  and  all  states  of  mind 
which  might  to  us  in  our  actual  stage  of  spiritual  progress 
be  a  means  of  transgression,  though  to  others  they  might 
be  means  of  progress  {Matt.  vi.  13).  We  are  to  pray  for 
our  enemies,  such  prayer  being  one  of  the  best  tests  of 
forgiveness  {Luke  vi.  28).  We  should  also  pray  for  our 
temporal  gifts,  for  f  daily  bread,’  and  deliverance  from 
calamities  {Mark  xiii.  18).  We  are  to  pray  also  for  a 
supply  of  missionaries  who  shall  convert  the  world  {Matt. 
ix.  38).  W e  are  not  to  repeat  prayers  as  if  they  were 
a  magical  formula  {Matt.  vi.  7).  That  is  merely  heathen. 

Above  all,  when  we  pray  to  the  Father  we  are  to  pray 
in  the  name  of  Jesus  Christ  {John  xvi.  23).  No  prayer 
is  true  prayer  unless  it  is  consistent  with  what  we  know 
about  the  Person,  work,  and  character  of  our  Lord.  If 
it  is  to  be  true,  we  must  be  led,  as  He  was  led,  by  the 
Spirit  of  God.  It  must  have  the  reverence,  humility, 
and  simplicity  of  Him  who  was  c  heard  for  his  godly 
fear  ’  {Heb.  v.  7). 


CHAPTER  VII 


THE  RIGHTEOUSNESS  OF  THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD — II 

Our  Lord  and  social  life. — The  heart  of  the  life  of  Jesus 
Christ  on  earth  was  renunciation  and  detachment.  But 
Pie  founded  a  new  humanism.  He  set  His  face  against 
the  cruder  Oriental  conceptions  of  a  saint.  Though  He 
retired  to  the  wilderness  and  the  mountains.  He  did  so 
for  the  sake  of  that  communion  with  the  Father  which 
strengthened  Him  for  intercourse  with  men.  He  even 
sought  the  society  of  men  and  women,  and  gladly 
accepted  their  hospitality.  St.  John  records  His  pre¬ 
sence  at  the  marriage  of  Cana,  where  He  turned  the 
water  into  wine  to  provide  means  for  the  feast,  and  a 
symbol  of  the  transformation  of  religion  which  He  was 
about  to  effect  ( John  ii.  1  ff.).  He  attended  the  feast 
which  Levi  made  in  His  honour  even  though  ‘  many 
publicans  and  sinners’  were  there  ( Mark  ii.  15).  He 
said  to  Zacchseus,  the  chief  publican,  ‘To-day  I  must 
abide  at  thy  house  ’  {Luke  xix.  5).  He  sat  down  at  meat 
in  the  house  of  Simon  the  Pharisee,  where  the  ‘woman 
that  was  in  the  city,  a  sinner,’  poured  the  contents  of  an 
alabaster  cruse  of  ointment  over  His  feet  {Luke  vii.  36  ff. ). 
He  accepted  the  invitation  of  another  Pharisee  to  dine 
with  him,  and  made  use  of  the  opportunity  to  point  out 
the  difference  between  a  ceremonial  washing  and  inward 
purity  of  heart  {Luke  xi.  37).  He  frequented  the  house 
of  Lazarus  and  his  sisters  at  Bethany,  and  St.  John 
says,  ‘Now  Jesus  loved  Martha,  and  her  sister, 
and  Lazarus’  {John  xi.  5).  Among  His  friends,  Jesus 
loved  one  friend  best,  and  gave  His  sanction  to 
distinctive  friendship  by  this  affection  for  St.  John. 
His  own  prayer  for  His  disciples  was,  ‘  I  pray  not  that 
thou  shouldest  take  them  from  the  world,  but  that  thou 
shouldest  keep  them  from  the  evil  ’  {John  xvii.  15).  The 
attitude  of  the  Christian  towards  the  world  should  not 
74 


THE  RIGHTEOUSNESS  OF  THE  KINGDOM  75 

be  one  of  pessimism,  but  one  of  humble  courage  and 
hope. 

The  Family. — Our  Lord  regarded  marriage  as  a  matter 
of  such  great  importance  that,  instead  of  laying  down 
merely  general  principles  concerning  it,  He  gave  a 
precise  and  emphatic  law.  We  should,  before  quoting 
this  law,  notice  that  the  title  Father  which  He  gives  to 
God  proves  the  sacred  character  of  the  analogy  which 
existed  in  His  mind  between  a  human  family  and  the 
nature  of  God.  Our  Lord’s  treatment  of  women  and 
His  condemnation  of  a  deliberately  cherished  impure 
desire  also  show  His  regard  for  a  right  relation  between 
the  two  sexes.  The  comparatively  easy  conditions  on 
which  Jewish  husbands  were  allowed  to  put  away  their 
wives,  He  treats  as  a  concession  to  a  bygone  state  of 
society.  The  laxer  school  of  Jewish  rabbis,  that  of 
Hillel,  permitted  divorce  for  slight  provocations,  such 
as  the  law  never  contemplated.  The  stricter  school 
only  permitted  it  in  case  of  adultery.  The  teaching  ot 
Jesus  is  that  the  original  plan  of  God  was  that  a  man 
should  have  one  wife  only  : 

f  But  from  the  beginning  of  the  creation,  Male  and 
female  made  he  them.  For  this  cause  shall  a 
man  leave  his  father  and  mother,  and  shall 
cleave  to  his  wife  ;  and  the  twain  shall  become 
one  flesh  :  so  that  they  are  no  more  twain,  but 
one  flesh.  What  therefore  God  hath  joined  to¬ 
gether,  let  not  man  put  asunder  ’  ( Mark  x.  6-8). 
The  law  is  plainly  laid  down.  Just  as  a  brother  may 
be  separated  from  his  brother,  but  cannot  cease  to  be  his 
brother,  so  marriage  is  an  unbreakable  bond.  Husband 
and  wife  remain  husband  and  wife  while  life  remains. 

The  teaching  of  our  Lord  as  recorded  in  Mark  x.  11, 
12,  and  Luke  xvi.  18,  asserts  the  general  principle  that 
a  man  may  not  put  away  his  wife.  In  Matthew  we  find  a 
puzzling  addition, f  except  for  fornication  ’  (v.  32;  xix.  9). 
This  undoubtedly  raises  great  difficulties,  for  it  has  led 
to  the  opinion  that  a  man  may  actually  separate  from 
him  an  unfaithful  wife  in  such  a  way  as  to  be  free  to 
marry  again.  This  seems  neither  to  agree  with  our 
Lord’s  statements  in  the  other  Gospels,  nor  with  the 
general  drift  of  St.  Paul’s  teaching  (1  Cor.  vii.  10,  11). 
Hence  it  has  been  supposed  that  these  words  in  Matthew 


76  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

are  an  interpolation  made  by  a  Jewish  Christian  who 
lowered  our  Lord’s  doctrine  concerning  divorce  to  the 
level  of  the  higher  of  the  two  Jewish  opinions  about 
divorce,  or  that  they  have  been  caused  by  some  erro¬ 
neous  tradition  of  the  Jewish  Christians.  It  is  not 
impossible  that  the  passage  in  Matthew  v.  32  has  been 
influenced  by  the  tradition  preserved  in  xix.  9.  In  the 
latter  passage  there  is  a  direct  reference  to  the  common 
practice  of  the  Jews  to  dismiss  a  wife  f  for  every  cause,’ 
and  marry  another.  Our  Lord  says  that  this  is  adultery, 
but  treats  the  man  who  has  put  away  an  unfaithful  wife, 
as  not  guilty  of  adultery.  In  neither  passage  does  Christ 
command  or  counsel  a  new  marriage  even  when  a  wife  is 
unfaithful ;  He  merely  abstains  from  saying  that  one  who 
dismisses  such  a  wife  is  guilty.  Permission  is  given 
for  a  separation.  But  the  woman,  so  put  away,  con¬ 
tinues  to  be  the  wife  of  him  who  put  her  away.  She  is 
regarded  as  such  in  both  passages.  This  shows  that 
whether  the  text  has  been  corrupted  or  not,  an  innocent 
husband  is  not  free  to  marry  when  he  has  put  away  his  wife. 

Civic  duties. — Our  Lord  seems  to  have  made  very  few 
allusions  to  civic  duties  and  political  questions.  But 
He  recognised  the  province  of  civil  authority  and  civil 
justice.  He  assumes  that  it  is  necessary  for  a  man  to 
agree  with  his  adversary  quickly,  lest  the  judge  deliver 
liim  to  the  officer,  and  he  be  cast  into  prison  until  he 
Fas  paid  the  last  farthing  {Matt.  v.  25,  26).  More  im¬ 
portant  was  His  refusal  to  be  entangled  in  a  political 
controversy.  The  Pharisees  and  Herodians  asked 
whether  it  was  lawful  to  pay  tribute  to  Caesar,  or  not. 
He  asked  them  to  show  Him  a  penny  : 

*  And  he  saith  unto  them,  Whose  is  this  image  and 
superscription?  And  they  said  unto  him,  Caesar’s. 
And  Jesus  said  unto  them,  Render  unto  Caesar 
the  things  that  are  Caesar’s,  and  unto  God  the 
things  t-hat  are  God’s’  {Mark  xii.  13  ff'.). 

This  answer  contains  two  points,  the  first  intended  to 
touch  His  questioners,  the  second  to  influence  all  men. 
He  first  shows  the  Pharisees  that  they  accepted  Caesar’s 
•sovereignty  by  using  his  coinage,  and  they  therefore  had 
no  right  to  complain  of  paying  taxes  to  Caesar.  Then 
He  shows  that  this  obligation  is  trifling  compared  with 
their  obligation  to  God.  The  kingdom  of  God  is  both 


THE  RIGHTEOUSNESS  OF  THE  KINGDOM  77 

independent  of  the  civil  government  and  infinitely 
higher.  They  made  the  kingdom  of  God  equivalent  to 
the  political  autonomy  of  their  people.  He  implies  that 
it  is  not.  In  the  same  way  He  told  St.  Peter  to  pay  the 
half-shekel  tribute  for  the  support  of  the  Temple  service, 
both  for  himself  and  St.  Peter.  And  He  did  this  in 
spite  of  the  fact  that  He  and  His  disciples  were,  in  His 
eyes,  free  from  the  requirement  to  maintain  these 
services  {Matt.  xvii.  24  if.).  Our  Lord  did  nothing 
whatever  to  countenance  anarchy  or  revolution.  He 
allowed  no  kind  of  resistance  to  the  men  whom  the 
Sanhedrin  sent  to  arrest  Him.  His  enemies  were  quite 
unable  to  find  that  He  was  a  law-breaker.  And  Pilate 
doubtless  spoke  the  truth  when  he  said  that  he  could 
find  no  fault  in  Him  {Luke  xxiii.  14). 

In  disclaiming  any  political  character  for  the  kingdom 
of  God,  He  disclaimed  any  political  power  for  himself. 
He  withdrew  from  the  people  who  ‘were  about  to  come 
and  take  him  by  force,  to  make  him  king’  {John  vi.  15). 
And  when  two  of  His  disciples  asked  for  places  by  His 
side  in  the  glory  of  what  they  probably  conceived  as  an 
earthly  kingdom,  He  said  : 

‘Ye  know  that  they  which  are  accounted  to  rule 
over  the  Gentiles  lord  it  over  them  ;  and  their 
great  ones  exercise  authority  over  them.  But 
it  is  not  so  among  you  :  but  whosoever  would 
become  great  among  you,  shall  be  your  minister  : 
and  whosoever  would  he  first  among  you,  shall 
be  servant  of  all  ’  {Mark  x.  42  ff.). 

There  is  a  pathetic  significance  in  the  question  addressed 
to  Jesus  by  the  two  messengers  sent  by  the  Baptist — ‘  Art 
thou  he  that  cometh,  or  look  we  for  another?’  {Luke  vii. 
20).  It  was  so  natural  that  the  question  should  be  asked 
by  one  who  with  earnest  sincerity  had  fixed  his  hopes  on 
Jesus  as  the  Messiah  from  the  time  of  His  baptism.  The 
work  of  Jesus  seemed  to  him  so  slow,  so  disappointing. 
He  had  expected  the  rigorous  reform  of  ‘axe’  and  ‘fire’ 
and  ‘  winno wing-fan.’  And  instead  of  this,  men  were 
being  healed  one  by  one,  and  the  Gospel  was  being 
preached  to  the  poor.  The  regeneration  of  individuals, 
not  the  formation  of  a  new  secular  state,  was  our  Lord’s 
method. 

Worldly  possessions. — Our  Lord  directly  refused  to 


78  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

interfere  in  a  question  of  family  property.  He  would 
not  divide  an  inheritance  between  two  brothers.  And 
He  immediately  turned  the  incident  into  a  great  lesson  : 

‘Take  heed  and  keep  yourselves  from  all  covetous¬ 
ness  :  for  a  man’s  life  Consisteth  not  in  the 
abundance  of  the  things  which  he  possesseth  ’ 
{Luke  xii.  15). 

He  found  that  the  love  of  riches  was  a  great  obstacle 
to  the  life  of  faith.  ‘The  deceitfulness  of  riches’  is  apt 
to  ‘choke  the  word’  sown  by  His  hands  {Mark  iv.  19). 
‘  Where  thy  treasure  is,  there  will  thy  heart  be  also  ’ 
{Matt.  vi.  21).  Trade  and  working  for  money  are  not  con¬ 
demned  by  our  Lord.  A  man  may  be  so  absorbed  in  his 
farm  or  his  merchandise  as  to  neglect  the  gracious  invita¬ 
tion  of  the  King  {Matt.  xxii.  5).  But  it  is  impossible  that 
our  Lord  could  have  uttered  parables  such  as  that  of  the 
Talents  {Matt.  xxv.  14)  and  that  of  the  Pounds  {Lake 
xix.  11),  if  He  had  disapproved  of  commerce  and  of  the 
accumulation  of  interest  on  money.  All  the  evangelists 
tell  us  how  He  ejected  the  money-changers  from  the 
Temple.  He  objected,  not  to  their  money,  but  to  their 
dishonesty  and  profanity.  He  does  not  condemn  pro¬ 
perty,  nor  does  He  make  poverty  a  general  condition 
of  salvation.  But  there  is  a  case  where  He  seems  to  do 
so.  When  the  rich  man  asked  Him,  ‘What  good  thing 
shall  I  do,  that  I  may  have  eternal  life  ?  ’  and  declared 
that  he  had  kept  the  commandments  from  his  youth,  our 
Lord  wished  to  test  him.  He  said,  ‘If  thou  wouldst  be 
perfect,  go,  sell  that  thou  hast,  and  give  to  the  poor, 
and  thou  shalt  have  treasure  in  heaven ;  and  come, 
follow  me  ’  {Matt.  xix.  21).  The  man  went  away  sorrow¬ 
ful.  Our  Lord  had  unveiled  the  one  duty  necessary  in 
view  of  his  position  and  his  request,  the  one  weakness 
which  undermined  his  character.  But  Christ  does 
not  tell  us  that  worldly  possessions  are  evil.  They 
may  be  an  instrument  of  good.  God  knows  that  we  have 
need  of  food  and  clothing  {Matt.  vi.  32).  And  by  means 
of  ‘  the  mammon  of  unrighteousness,’  the  wealth  which 
‘a  steward  of  unrighteousness’  uses  with  worldly  cunning, 
we  are  to  make  friends  who  shall  receive  us  into  the 
eternal  tabernacles  of  heaven.  We  are  to  help  those  who 
cannot  repay  us  here,  but  will  welcome  us  in  a  world 
where  distinctions  of  class  and  wealth  are  gone. 


THE  RIGHTEOUSNESS  OF  THE  KINGDOM  79 

Love  of  our  neighbour. — It  would  be  impossible  for  us 
to  discuss  even  briefly  all  that  Jesus  Christ  teaches  us 
concerning  our  duty  to  our  neighbour.  The  command 
‘Love  thy  neighbour  as  thyself’  is  a  command  to  be 
generous,  truthful,  and  helpful  towards  all  men.  The 
parable  of  the  good  Samaritan,  who  though  a  despised 
schismatic,  aided  the  wounded  traveller  whom  the  priest 
and  the  Levite  neglected,  tells  us  who  is  our  ‘  neighbour.’ 
In  the  moment  of  extreme  necessity  we  would  be  glad 
to  receive  help  even  from  one  whose  race  and  whose 
religion  we  regarded  as  inferior  to  our  own.  And  there¬ 
fore  we  ought  to  regard  him  as  our  neighbour,  and  our 
natural  likes  and  dislikes  must  give  way  to  a  generous 
sympathy  with  all  men.  Here  as  in  all  things  the 
command  to  be  ‘  perfect  ’  requires  that  we  should  be 
willing  to  do  what  God  does.  We  are  not  even  to  hope 
for  forgiveness  from  God  if  we  do  not  forgive  others  : 
‘  If  ye  forgive  not  men  their  trespasses,  neither  will 
your  Father  forgive  your  trespasses’  {Matt.  vi.  15).  The 
merciless  servant  who  when  forgiven  by  his  master  re¬ 
fused  to  forgive  his  fellow-servant  withdraws  himself 
from  God’s  pity  {Matt,  xviii.  21  IF.).  We  are  to  show 
the  light  of  ‘good  works’  to  others  {Matt.  v.  16).  We 
are  to  be  truthful,  our  ‘  yea  ’  is  to  be  ‘  yea,’  and  our 
‘nay’  is  to  be  ‘nay.’  We  are  to  abstain  from  oaths,  for 
the  very  use  of  oaths  suggests  a  difference  between  the 
thought  in  the  heart  and  the  word  that  is  spoken.  Love 
requires  that  we  should  not  judge  others  : 

‘For  with  what  judgement  ye  judge,  ye  shall  be 
judged  :  and  with  what  measure  ye  mete,  it 
shall  be  measured  unto  you’  {Matt.  vii.  2). 
When  there  has  been  a  quarrel,  we  are  not  to  bring  a 
gift  to  the  altar  till  we  have  obeyed  the  precept  ‘first  be 
reconciled  to  thy  brother’  {Matt.  v.  28).  Real  love  for 
God  and  for  men  will  also  cause  us  to  be  prudent  in 
imparting  divine  truth  ;  we  are  not  to  give  what  is  holy 
unto  the  dogs,  or  cast  pearls  before  the  swine  {Matt. 
vii.  6). 

Love  of  our  neighbour  is  also  taught  us  in  some 
startling  paradoxes.  Not  only  are  Christ’s  disciples 
told  to  love  their  enemies  and  pray  for  their  persecutors, 
but  they  are  also  given  this  command  : 

‘  To  him  that  smiteth  thee  on  the  one  cheek  offer 


80  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

also  the  other  ;  and  from  him  that  taketh  away 
thy  cloke  withhold  not  thy  coat  also.  Give  to 
every  one  that  asketh  thee  ;  and  of  him  that 
taketh  away  thy  goods  ask  them  not  again  ’ 
( Luke  vi.  29,  30). 

There  is  also  the  command  to  forgive  a  brother  who 
wrongs  us  until  ‘  seventy  times  seven’  (Matt,  xviii.  22). 
It  is  not  surprising  that  some  difference  of  opinion  should 
exist  among  Christians  as  to  the  interpretation  of  such 
startling  commands.  And  the  difficulty  is  not  entirely 
removed  by  the  explanation  that  these  commands  -were  not 
intended  for  the  Church  of  future  days,  hut  only  for  the 
little  band  or  family  of  disciples  that  followed  our  Lord 
on  earth.  The  writer  of  this  book  humbly  believes  that 
Christ  deliberately  put  these  commands  into  a  form 
intended  to  stimulate  our  thought.  If  He  had  given 
moral  directions  on  the  level  of  those  given  by  the 
Baptist  (Luke  iii.  10  ff.),  the  result  might  have  been  a  new 
Pharisaism.  Men  would  have  done  these  things  more  or 
less  precisely,  and  then  been  satisfied.  But  our  Lord’s 
commands  make  self-satisfaction  impossible.  They  are 
sometimes  quite  legal  in  form,  but  their  purpose  is  to 
abolish  legalism,  and  to  interpret  them  always  literally 
would  be  a  return  to  legalism.  They  suggest  that  our 
love,  a  love  like  that  of  God  for  man,  must  be  its  own 
law.  The  commands  are  in  a  form  which  will  always 
be  in  front  of  us  and  above  us.  Our  action  in  each  parti¬ 
cular  case  must  be  determined  by  the  good  of  the  parti¬ 
cular  person  with  whom  we  are  dealing.  And  our  Lord’s 
own  life  is  the  best  explanation  of  His  precepts.  He 
never  either  gave  or  forgave  in  a  manner  which  would 
encourage  a  man  to  be  slothful  or  unjust.  When 
smitten  unjustly  at  His  trial  before  Annas,  He  said, 
( If  I  have  spoken  evil,  bear  witness  of  the  evil :  but  if 
well,  why  smitest  thou  me?’  (John  xviii.  28).  That  was 
an  appeal  to  the  reason  and  conscience  of  the  man  who 
hit  Him,  not  less  truly  than  His  amazing  forgiveness  is 
an  appeal  to  the  heart.  The  essence  of  the  doctrine 
contained  in  these  great  paradoxes  of  our  Lord  is,  in 
St.  Paul’s  words : 

f  Be  not  overcome  of  evil,  but  overcome  evil  with 
good’  (Rom.  xii.  21). 

The  Beatitudes.— W e  have  reserved  to  the  end  of  these 


THE  RIGHTEOUSNESS  OF  THE  KINGDOM  81 

two  chapters  on  Righteousness  a  short  consideration  of 
those  Beatitudes  in  which  our  Lord  described  the  happi¬ 
ness  of  the  Christian  life.  The  virtues  of  which  He 
speaks  are  the  characteristics  of  His  own  life.  They  tell 
us  the  blessedness  which  He  attained  in  His  own  human 
experience,  in  spite  of  all  the  difference  which  exists 
between  Him  and  us.  Blessedness  is  both  the  condition 
and  the  completion  of  a  perfect  life.  And  those  who 
have  the  qualities  which  Jesus  commends  are  already 
blessed,  and  even  now  enjoy  the  kingdom  of  heaven  : 

f  Blessed  are  the  poor  in  spirit ;  for  theirs  is  the 
kingdom  of  heaven. 

Blessed  are  they  that  mourn  :  for  they  shall  be  com¬ 
forted. 

Blessed  are  the  meek :  for  they  shall  inherit  the  earth. 

Blessed  are  they  that  hunger  and  thirst  after 
righteousness  :  for  they  shall  be  filled. 

Blessed  are  the  merciful :  for  they  shall  obtain 
mercy. 

Blessed  are  the  pure  in  heart :  for  they  shall  see 
God. 

Blessed  are  the  peacemakers  :  for  they  shall  be  called 
sons  of  God. 

Blessed  are  they  that  have  been  persecuted  for 
righteousness  sake  :  for  theirs  is  the  kingdom 
of  heaven.  Blessed  are  ye  when  men  shall 
reproach  you,  and  persecute  you,  and  say  all 
manner  of  evil  against  you  falsely^  for  my  sake.’ 
{Matt.  v.  3-11). 

A  blessedness  which  begins  with  poverty  and  mourning 
and  ends  on  earth  with  persecution,  shows  how  truly  we 
ourselves,  and  not  our  surroundings,  are  the  cause  of 
happiness.  The  environment  which  suggests  misery 
may  be  the  very  environment  which  is  best  for  the  perfect 
life.  The  ‘poor  in  spirit’  who  do  not  say  that  they  are 
whole,  or  think  that  they  are  already  righteous,  are 
blessed.  The  character  which  says  ‘  I  am  rich,  and  have 
gotten  riches,  and  have  need  of  nothing’  is  ‘miserable 
and  poor  and  blind  and  naked’  (Rev.  iii.  17).  Those 
who  ‘mourn’  over  sin  and  evil,  who  have  a  real  sorrow 
for  sin,  shall  be  comforted.  An  abiding  sorrow  for  sin  is 
one  of  the  secrets  of  real  progress  in  the  spiritual  life. 
The  ‘meek’  who  in  their  dealings . with  their  fellow 


F 


82  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

men  are  what  Jesus  was,  men  who  curb  all  resentment 
under  provocation,  legitimately  gain  the  earth.  They 
are  successful  both  in  enjoying  life  and  in  influencing 
history.  Meekness,  in  the  Christian  sense  of  the  word, 
is  not  weakness.  The  strength  of  man  may  be  proved 
even  more  by  forgiveness  than  by  suffering.  ’  Those  who 
‘  hunger  and  thirst  after  righteousness  ’  are  blessed.  It 
is  not  enough  to  be  true  to  our  ideal  if  our  ideal  is  lower 
than  God.  The  hunger  to  he  right  with  God,  and  to 
make  our  own  the  righteousness  of  Christ,  should  be 
our  desire,  and  it  is  a  desire  which  God  will  satisfy. 
The  merciful’  are  blessed.  It  is  necessary  to  exercise 
that  pity  which  we  ourselves  will  one  day  hope  to  receive 
from  God.  We  shall  have  in  proportion  as  we  have 
assimilated.  The  ‘pure  in  heart’  whose  intention  is 
single,  so  that  at  least  in  intention  and  desire  their 
thoughts  and  aims  are  clean  and  unsullied,  shall  see  God 
now  and  hereafter.  The  things  which  hide  God  from  us 
are  the  things  that  we  put  between  the  heart  and  Him. 
The  ‘  peacemakers  ’  are  blessed,  all  who  act  as  true 
ambassadors  of  God,  all  who  work  for  an  upright  peace 
in  a  family  or  in  a  State,  all  who  pray  and  labour  for  the 
union  of  God’s  Church,  are  promised  the  joy  of  a  filial 
confidence  in  God.  The  persecuted’  are  blessed.  The 
death  of  Jesus  is  a  revelation  of  what  He  truly  is.  His 
action  under  calumny  and  ill  treatment  illustrated  and 
brought  to  perfection  His  power  of  ruling  over  the 
kingdom  of  heaven.  He  was  glorified,  not  inwardly 
degraded,  by  His  death.  Utter  devotion  to  God,  a  service 
that  knew  no  limit,  such  was  the  righteousness  that 
He  showed  in  dying,  and  it  ‘overcame  the  world.’  He 
attained  to  the  completion  of  blessedness  through  this 
conflict  with  evil  and  conquest  over  evil.  So  the 
Christian  may  be  called  to  realise  his  best  self  through 
a  process  of  calumny  and  martyrdom.  In  so  doing  he 
manifests  the  life  of  Christ ;  and  through  submission  to 
wrong  he  learns  to  master  himself  and  very  often  is 
raised  to  rule  others  to  the  glory  of  God. 

It  is  true  to  say  that  the  qualities  which  bring  blessed¬ 
ness  are  submissive,  gentle,  and  marked  by  the  absence 
of  self-assertion.  But  it  is  very  far  from  true  to  say  that 
these  qualities  are  negative,  or  merely  yielding  and 
feminine.  It  requires  no  easy  struggle  for  a  man  to 


THE  RIGHTEOUSNESS  OF  THE  KINGDOM  83 


forgive  an  injury  or  to  gain  purity  of  heart.  To  maintain 
a  hunger  for  righteousness  and  to  be  a  peacemaker  are 
incompatible  with  sloth  and  idle  acquiescence  in  things  as 
they  are.  Our  Lord  never  teaches  us  to  ignore  the  duty 
which  we  owe  to  self  while  performing  our  duty  to  our 
neighbour.  The  character  which  He  requires  in  men  is 
a  manly  character  like  His  own.  But  it  is  a  character 
which  has  gained  strength  through  the  knowledge  of 
weakness,  and  become  righteous  by  faith  in  the  righteous¬ 
ness  of  God  communicated  to  us  through  Jesus  Christ. 

Jesus  Christ  and  Asceticism. — Men  sometimes  discuss 
whether  our  Lord’s  teaching  sanctions  that  form  of  self- 
denial  which  is  called  asceticism.  Now,  the  word 
*  asceticism  ’  is  ambiguous.  Its  origin  is  honourable,  it 
implied  a  life  of  f  training/  whether  in  athletics  or  in 
learning.  And  such  a  training  undoubtedly  had  a  place 
in  Greek  life.  But  the  greater  inwardness  and  intensity 
of  Christ’s  moral  teaching  require  a  severer  training. 
We  may  doubt  if  a  Greek  would  have  understood  or 
sympathised  with  St.  Paul’s  statement,  f  I  buffet  my  body, 
and  bring  it  into  bondage  :  lest  by  any  means,  after  that 
I  have  preached  to  others,  I  myself  should  be  rejected.’ 
The  f  mortifying  ’  or  making  dead  of  sinful  inclinations, 
and  the  bringing  every  thought  into  subjection  unto  the 
obedience  of  Christ,  imply  a  greater  austerity  and  a  greater 
blessedness  than  the  pagan  world  had  attained.  And 
such  asceticism  is  plainly  part  of  our  Lord’s  teaching; 
just  as  plainly  as  a  scornful  neglect  of  the  body  and  the 
idea  of  acquiring  merit  by  self-torture  is  not  part  of  that 
teaching.  The  extreme  asceticism  of  the  Oriental  hermit 
or  fakir  is  not  in  the  least  Christian. 

But  the  teaching  of  our  Lord,  and  still  more  His  own 
example,  prove  that  God  sometimes  calls  men  to  a  life 
which  narrows  its  own  development  into  one  deep  channel 
in  order  to  carry  life  and  vigour  to  others.  Voluntary 
poverty  and  voluntary  abstinence  from  marriage  may  be 
better  for  some  men  than  wealth  well  employed  and 
marriage  hallowed  by  Christ’s  presence.  It  is  well  with 
those  who  can  say,  ‘  Lo,  we  have  left  all,  and  followed 
thee’  {Matt.  xix.  27),  if  they  abstain  from  asking  what 
reward  they  shall  have  beyond  the  love  of  Jesus.  Our 
Lord  does  not  regard  riches  as  in  themselves  evil,  the 
parables  of  the  Unjust  Steward  and  the  Talents  show 


84  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 


that  they  are  a  deposit  from  God  to  be  used  in  doing 
good.  And  yet  He  denounces  woe  to  those  who  find 
their  consolation  in  riches  ( Luke  vi.  24),  and  bids  men 
not  to  lay  up  treasures  upon  earth  {Matt.  vi.  19).  And 
to  one  in  danger  of  becoming  a  prey  to  his  wealth  He 
says,  c  Go,  sell  that  thou  hast,  and  give  to  the  poor’ 
{Matt.  xix.  21).  In  the  same  way  He  blesses  marriage, 
and  He  made  a  married  man  tbe  chief  of  His  apostles. 
But  those  who  have  received  the  gift  of  becoming  dead, 
for  the  sake  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  to  all  that 
marriage  implies,  are  to  keep  the  gift  {Matt.  xix.  12). 
Those  who  are  convinced  that  God  desires  all  their  time 
and  energy  in  a  manner  which  is  not  compatible  with 
marriage,  are  to  remain  celibate.  The  asceticism  which 
our  Lord  requires  is  therefore,  in  the  case  of  all  men, 
a  struggle  and  self-discipline  in  the  conquest  of  mammon 
and  sensuous  desire,  and,  in  some  men,  the  renunciation 
of  all  worldly  wealth  and  all  worldly  ties  in  view  of  a 
special  work  required  by  God. 


CHAPTER  VIII 


OUR  LORI)  S  TEACHING  ABOUT  HIS  DEATH 

The  Death  of  Christ  in  the  New  Testament.— No  one  can 
read  the  Gospels  without  noticing1  how  large  a  space  each 
evangelist  devotes  to  the  last  sufferings  of  our  Lord. 
I  he  events  of  the  last  sad  week  are  traced  with  the 
minute  care  of  thankful  and  adoring  love.  Exactly 
the  same  impression  is  produced  upon  us  by  nearly  all 
the  other  writings  contained  in  the  New  Testament. 
The  f  word  or  f  story  of  the  Cross/  as  St.  Paul  calls  it 
(1  Gov.  i.  18),  has  an  infinite  significance  in  the  writers’ 
minds.  We  rise  from  reading  them  with  the  conviction 
that  the  Gospel  would  not  have  been  the  Gospel  to  them 
if  Jesus  had  not  died,  and  died  by  the  hands  of  men. 
They  regard  the  death  as  indispensable.  They  do  not 
believe  in  a  dead  Christ,  but  in  a  living  Christ.  They 
do  not  proclaim  the  story  of  a  defeat,  but  of  a  magni¬ 
ficent  victory.  They  rejoice  in  telling  that  Christ  rose 
from  the  dead.  But  the  risen  Christ  bears  with  Him 
the  power  of  His  death. 

They  assume,  then,  that  the  death  of  Christ  was  neces¬ 
sary  for  our  salvation.  And  it  was  necessary  in  this 
sense,  that  without  it  mankind  would  not  be  freed  from 
the  condemnation  which  the  holy  God  pronounces  upon 
sin,  freed  from  the  corrupting  influence  of  sin  and  in  a 
living  practical  union  with  God.  Without  it  we  should 
not  have  f  peace  ’  with  God,  f  access  to  God,’  f  life.’  And 
the  Gospels  imply  the  same  doctrine  as  the  Epistles  and 
the  Revelation.  As  soon  as  we  understand  who  our 
Lord  is,  this  doctrine  is  seen  to  rest  upon  a  plain  and 
intelligible  foundation.  If  Jesus  Christ  were  only  a 
very  good  man.  His  death  could  not  bring  us  peace  with 
God.  Even  the  courage  which  He  showed  in  protesting 
against  sin  and  in  facing  the  death  on  the  Cross  would 
be  less  valuable  to  us  than  the  action  of  many  martyrs  and 
heroes.  We  should  have  to  confess  that  He  made  claims 

85 


86  THE  TEACHING  OF  O  U 11  LORD 

for  himself  which  were  not  consistent  with  any  clear 
notion  of  His  place  in  the  scale  of  creation,  and  perhaps 
not  consistent  with  sincere  unselfishness.  We  should 
have  to  regard  His  death  as  in  some  degree  the  in¬ 
evitable  penalty  of  His  mistakes. 

On  the  other  hand,  if  He  is  truly  Son  of  Man  and 
Son  of  God,  His  death  assumes  an  entirely  different 
aspect.  It  must  in  some  special  sense  reveal  to  us  what 
man  ought  to  be  and  what  God  is.  The  true  King  of 
men,  the  One  in  whom  God  is  well  pleased,  must  show 
in  dying  a  character  which  His  subjects  can  regard  as 
noble  to  imitate.  The  Son  of  the  Divine  Father,  the 
expression  of  God  in  human  life,  must  show  what  is 
God  s  own  attitude  towards  death.  And  this  is  what  the 
Gospels  tell  us.  For  our  Lord  so  dies  that  His  death 
is  the  consummation  of  a  perfect  human  life,  offered  to 
the  Father  in  the  service  of  us  men.  And  He  so  dies 
that  the  wounding  of  body  and  soul  to  which  He  volun¬ 
tarily  submits,  is  in  proportion  to  God’s  love  of  sinners 
and  desire  to  rescue  them  from  death.  When  we  see 
this  devotion  of  Christ  trusting  in  the  Father,  we  must 
feel  that,  if  we  could  have  offered  it  to  God,  it  was  due 
from  us.  And  when  we  see  Christ’s  dying  and  over¬ 
coming  death  by  resurrection,  we  see  vindicated  God’s 
deep  concern  for  all  mankind  :  and  all  mankind  is  sinful 
mankind. 

Death. — It  is  remarkable  that  physical  death  is  not 
regarded  by  our  Lord  as  so  terrible  and  evil  a  thing  as 
men  have  usually  thought  it  to  he.  Death  is  something 
which  in  a  higher  state  of  existence  will  be  done  away  ; 
f  they  cannot  die  any  more’  ( Luke  xx.  36).  It  puts  an 
end  to  earthly  wealth  and  earthly  pleasures,  as  the  Rich 
Man  found  when  told  that  his  soul  would  be  required 
‘  this  night  (Luke  xn.  20).  Physical  death  is  neverthe¬ 
less  for  those  who  are  at  peace  with  God,  rest  in  sleep 
(John  xi.  11  ;  cf.  Matt.  ix.  24).  The  death  which  our  Lord 
treats  as  terrible  is  the  death  which  is  spiritual  rather 
than  physical.  rlhe  e  dead  ’  who  are  told  to  bury  their 
dead  are  those  who  do  not  hear  His  call  (Matt.  viii.  22). 
In  St.  John’s  Gospel  it  is  even  more  plainly  taught  that 
f  death,’  like  ‘  life,’  belongs  to  this  present  world.  It  is 
moral  apathy,  a  voluntary  separation  from  God.  And 
the  Son  of  God  enables  man  here  and  now  to  pass  from 


ABOUT  HIS  DEATH  87 

death  unto  life.  Our  Lord’s  use  of  the  words  c  death’ 
and  f  dead  show  that  physical  death  is  regarded  by  Him 
as  a  symbol  of  that  more  terrible  destruction  which 
is  the  result  of  sin.  It  is  no  capricious  symbol,  but  one 
which  closely  corresponds  with  the  actual  nature  of  sin. 
For  sin  is  not  only  hostility  to  the  will  of  God,  but  is 
also  suicide.  It  is  the  killing  of  that  true  life  which  is 
communion  with  God,  who  is  ‘'Life.’ 

The  Incarnation  and  Death.— When  the  Son  of  God 
became  Man,  He  made  himself  one  with  a  race  which 
had  sinned  and  which  so  far  as  sinful  was  necessarily 
under  God  s  condemnation.  He  was  himself  sinless. 
He  was  able  to  say  to  His  enemies,  ‘  Which  of  you  con- 
victeth  me  of  sin?’  ( John  viii.  46).  From  the  beginning 
to  the  end  the  Bible  teaches  in  various  ways  that  man¬ 
kind  is  a  unity.  There  is  a  solidarity,  on  account  of 
which  St.  Paul  can  say,  fnone  of  us  liveth  to  himself, 
and  none  dieth  to  himself’  (Rom.  xiv.  7).  And  Jesus, 
being  sinless,  was  able  to  sorrow  over  sin  with  a  sorrow 
which  in  a  measure  must  be  reproduced  in  His  servants, 
though  it  cannot  be  fully  reproduced  by  the  greatest  of 
His  saints.  Sinless,  and  infinitely  wronged  by  the 
treachery,  hypocrisy,  and  ambition  of  men,  He  still 
forgave  freely  and  fully.  More  than  this  :  though  He 
had  told  His  disciples  f  Be  not  afraid  of  them  that 
kill  the  body,  and  after  that  have  no  more  that  they 
can  do  ’  (Lvlte  xii.  4),  His  own  physical  death  was 
terrible  to  Him.  And  we  cannot  reasonably  question 
that  the  Apostles  and  the  whole  primitive  Church 
were  right  in  believing  that  He  viewed  His  own  death 
in  connection  with  the  sins  of  the  world.  In  our  nature 
and  in  our  name  He  entered  into  a  unique  under¬ 
standing  of  death  in  a  spiritual  as  well  as  physical  sense. 
Like  the  resurrection  which  followed,  this  dying  was  a 
representative  act.  It  was  a  homage  rendered  by  the 
Head  of  our  race  to  the  laws  of  God.  There  was  nothing 
mechanical  in  this  homage,  and  there  was  nothing  ficti¬ 
tious  in  His  spiritual  suffering.  We  can  neither  know 
nor  tell  all  that  it  implied.  But  we  cannot  interpret  the 
original  preaching  of  the  Gospel  unless  we  believe  that 
He  mentally  realised  the  evil  of  sin  and  the  absence 
from  God  which  it  involves.  He  did  not  spiritually  die, 
but  He  learned  the  whole  meaning  of  sin,  so  far  as  it  was 


88  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

possible  to  know  it  without  sinning.  And  His  voluntary 
realisation  of  the  significance  of  death,  physical  and 
spiritual,  was  a  human  acknowledgment  of  the  righteous¬ 
ness  of  God  in  condemning  sin.  God  condemns  the 
destruction  of  His  children’s  life,  and  this  destruction  is 
sin.  Therefore  God  in  manifesting  His  condemnation  0/ 
sin,  manifests  His  love. 

The  Death  of  Christ  was  voluntary. — The  death  of  our 
Lord  was  much  more  than  the  mere  result  of  fidelity  to 
righteousness  in  an  unrighteous  world.  A  righteous 
man,  even  a  saint,  might  desire  to  avoid  death  under  the 
impression  that  his  life  would  be  more  useful  to  others 
than  his  death.  And  a  righteous  man,  even  a  saint, 
might  only  become  convinced  that  God  wished  him  to 
die,  when  he  saw  that  death  was  inevitable.  But  our 
Lord  chose  to  die.  During  the  agony  which  He  showed 
when  praying  in  Gethsemane  we  can  see  that  He  shrank 
from  death.  It  was  physically  cruel.  And  it  was 
morally  terrible  to  Him  because  in  His  sinless  purity 
He  realised  the  true  nature  of  sin  and  its  results.  But 
both  before  and  after  the  agony  He  wished  to  die,  and 
showed  that  He  could  have  saved  himself  from  death,  if 
He  had  so  willed.  He  came  fto  give  his  life’  {Mai'k  x. 
45).  Once  more  He  says  : 

f  I  am  the  good  shepherd  :  the  good  shepherd  laveth 
down  his  life  for  the  sheep.  .  .  .  Therefore 
doth  the  Father  love  me,  because  I  lay  down 
my  life,  that  I  may  take  it  again.  No  one 
taketh  it  away  from  me,  but  I  lay  it  down  of 
myself.  I  have  power  to  lay  it  down,  and  I 
have  power  to  take  it  again  ’  ( John  x.  11,  17  f.). 
Men  sometimes  speak  as  if  it  were  unjust  for  the  innocent 
to  suffer  for  the  benefit  of  the  guilty.  But  when  we 
think  how  fruitful  is  the  law  of  vicarious  suffering, 
of  the  moral  development  which  it  brings  to  the  sufferer 
and  often  to  the  persons  for  whom  the  suffering  is 
endured,  we  shall  never  speak  of  injustice  as  involved 
in  Christ’s  atoning  death.  Many  a  parent  has  suffered, 
and  even  chosen  to  suffer,  for  a  child,  many  a  friend  for 
a  friend,  many  have  met  death  even  in  teaching  or 
tending  the  guilty  and  outcast.  And  if  the  Son  of  God 
so  loved  us  as  to  become  man  for  our  sakes,  it  was  not 
unjust  that  He  should  live  by  that  great  law  of  suffering 


ABOUT  HIS  DEATH  89 

for  the  good  of  others  which  does  so  much  to  elevate 

mankind.  .  .  ... 

Jesus  came  into  tlie  world  to  die. — At  first  sight  it  may 
seem  strange  that  Jesus  says  comparatively  little  about 
the  necessity  of  His  death  as  a  means  tor  effecting  oui 
salvation.  But  on  reflection  we  shall  see  a  good  reason 
for  this.  During  our  Lord’s  ministry  it  was  very  difficult 
for  His  disciples  to  realise  who  He  really  was,  and  still 
more  difficult  for  them  to  think  that  the  Son  of  God  and 
Messiah  could  die  at  all.  For  them  to  know  that  He 
was  far  more  than  human,  and  that  He  must  nevertheless 
die  like  a  man,  must  have  been  most  difficult.  He  could 
therefore  only  teach  them  gradually.  But  what  He 
taught  was  in  His  own  mind  from  the  first.  Ihe  theoiy^ 
that  He  did  not  foresee  His  death  until  near  the  end  of 
His  ministry  contradicts  the  evidence  of  the  Gospels  as 
completely  as  the  theory  that  He  did  not  attribute  to 
His  death  the  power  of  obtaining  the  remission  of  sins. 

Christ’s  earlier  teaching  about  His  Death. — All  the 
Gospels  tell  us  something  about  our  Lord  s  Baptism. 
Other  men  came  to  John  the  Baptist  confessing  theii 
sins  ’  ;  Christ  made  no  such  confession.  But  His  Baptism 
was  much  more  than  a  mere  approval  of  the  Baptist’s 
message.  For  in  the  eyes  of  the  Jews  who  sunounded 
Him,  baptism  implied  an  acknowledgment  of  sin  and 
repentance.  And  by  submitting  to  baptism  oui  Loid 
showed  openly  that  He  made  himself  at  one  with  a  race 
which  had  sinned,  and  that  He  took  upon  himself  part 
at  least  of  the  responsibility  of  sin.  lliat  this  interpie- 
tation  is  correct  is  proved  by  the  voice  of  the  Father 
heard  by  Christ  at  His  Baptism  (jtfutt.  iii.  1/  ?  Muik  i.  11  , 
Luke  iii.  22).  These  words  partly  correspond  with 
Isaiah  xlii.  1  ff.  They  show  that  our  Lord  before 
the  beginning  of  His  ministry  was  conscious  that  He 
fulfilled  the  ancient  prophet’s  picture  of  the  Servant 
of  the  Lord,  who  dies  as  a  guilt-offering  for  the  people. 
Our  Lord  afterwards  made  His  own  (Luke  xxii.  37) 
the  words  of  Isa.  liii.  12,  c  He  was  reckoned  with 
transgressors,’  which  show  that  He  certainly  legarded 
himself  as  fthe  Servant  of  the  Lord.  A  guilt-offering 
is  essentially  a  sacrifice  offered  to  make  satisfaction 
and  reparation  for  the  infringement  of  some  right  oi 
the  withholding  of  something  due.  Christ  therefore 


90  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

identified  himself  both  with  a  race  that  has  sinned, 
and  with  the  Servant  who  obtains  their  pardon  by 
making-  a  reparation  to  the  heart  of  the  divine  Father. 
Very  early  in  our  Lord’s  ministry  He  referred  to  His 
death  in  a  manner  which  shows  that  it  cast  a  solemn 
shadow  over  His  life  :  ‘  Can  the  sons  of  the  bride-chamber 
fast,  while  the  bridegroom  is  with  them?  As  long  as 
they  have  the  bridegroom  with  them,  they  cannot  fast. 
But  the  days  will  come,  when  the  bridegroom  shall  be 
taken  away  from  them,  and  then  will  they  fast  in  that 
day’  {Mark  ii.  19,  20).  This  taking  away  of  the  bride¬ 
groom  is  not  only  death,  but  death  in  the  midst  of  joy, 
a  death  which  is  unexpected  by  the  bridegroom’s  friends. 

Another  early  and  more  enigmatic  reference  to  His 
death  is  contained  in  His  words  to  the  Jews,  f  Destroy 
this  temple,  and  in  three  days  I  will  raise  it  up  ’  {John 
ii.  19).  It  was  also  early  in  His  ministry  that  He  said 
to  Nicodemus  : 

‘  As  Moses  lifted  up  the  serpent  in  the  wilderness, 
even  so  must  the  Son  of  man  be  lifted  up  :  that 
whosoever  believeth  may  in  him  have  eternal 
life’  {John  iii.  14,  15;  cf.  viii.  28,  xii.  82). 

Our  Lord’s  knowledge  of  His  death  was  combined  with 
a  knowledge  of  its  divinely  appointed  necessity.  He  has 
to  submit  to  the  ‘ baptism’  of  His  Passion,  and  feels 
anguish  until  it  is  accomplished.  He  dreads  it,  and  yet 
He  desires  it,  because  it  will  kindle  a  fervent  devotion 
to  himself  {Luke  xii.  49). 

Our  Lord’s  later  teaching. — After  St.  Peter  at  Caesarea 
Philippi  had  confessed  Jesus  to  be  the  Son  of  God,  He 
openly  instructed  His  disciples  concerning  His  death. 
Their  conception  of  His  work  was  to  grow  with  their  con¬ 
ception  of  His  Person.  ‘From  that  time  began  Jesus 
to  show  unto  his  disciples  how  that  he  must  go  unto 
Jerusalem  and  be  killed’  {Matt.  xvi.  21).  The  notion 
that  the  Messiah  should  suffer  was  at  first  intolerable  to 
the  disciples,  an  actual  contradiction  of  their  idea  of  the 
Messiahship.  Hence  St.  Peter’s  protest,  ‘  Be  it  far  from 
thee,  Lord.’  He  had  to  familiarise  them  with  the  idea 
of  the  coming  tragedy.  All  the  three  Synoptists  say  that 
He  made  at  least  three  deliberate  attempts  to  do  this 
{Mark  viii.  81  ;  ix.  31 ;  x.  33 ;  and  the  parallel  passages 
in  Matthew  and  Luke).  The  last,  passage  is  of  peculiar 


91 


ABOUT  HIS  DEATH 

importance.  Our  Lord  has  for  the  third  time  declared 
that  He  will  he  put  to  death.  Then  James  and  John, 
realising  perhaps  that  this  death  would  he  the  path  to 
victory,  express  the  wish  that  they  may  have  places  ol 
honour  in  His  kingdom.  Our  Lord  asks  if  they  are  ablo 
to  drink  of  the  cup  which  He  drinks  of,  and  he  baptized 
with  the  baptism  with  which  He  is  baptized.  Both  these 
two  words  refer  to  His  death.  The  cup  is  a  cup^  which 
fills  the  heart  with  fear,  and  is  received  from  God  s  hand 
(Mark  xiv.  36;  cf.  John  xviii.  11).  The  baptism  is  a 
flood  which  carries  Him  away.  James  and  John  declare 
that  they  are  able  to  endure  this  cup  and  this  baptism. 
Christ  promises  them  that  they  shall  do  so,  but  does 
not  promise  them  thrones  of  glory.  He  afterwards- 
continues : 

fYe  know  that  they  which  are  accounted  to  rule 
over  the  Gentiles  lord  it  over  them  ;  and  their 
great  ones  exercise  authority  over  them.  But 
it  is  not  so  among  you  :  but  whosoever  would 
become  great  among  you,  shall  be  your  servant : 
and  whosoever  would  be  first  among  you,  shall 
be  bond-servant  of  all.  For  verily  the  ^on  of 
man  came  not  to  be  ministered  unto,  but  to 
minister,  and  to  give  his  life  a  ransom  for  many  ’ 
(Mark  x.  43-45). 

This  word  ‘  ransom  ’  is  a  word  used  in  the  Old  lesta- 
ment.  It  means  a  price  offered  for  a  life.  Jesus  our 
King  reveals  His  glory  in  humiliation  and  service,  and 
this  service  necessitates  the  giving  up  of  His  own  life  in 
order  to  purchase  from  bondage  the  lives  which  have 
been  previously  brought  into  bondage.  No  doubt  there 
is  a  metaphor  in  this.  But  the  metaphor  is  used  to 
explain  a  most  solemn  fact.  Our  Lord  teaches  that  His 
life  is  to  be  the  means  of  recovering  or  saving  the  lives 
of  others  from  the  power  of  sin  and  God’s  judgment  upon 
sin.  Psalm  xlix.  7  f.  and  Mark  viii.  34  f.  make  this 
clear.  The  first  passage  asserts  that  no  man  can 
give  to  God  a  ransom  with  the  result  that  his  brother 
can  live  for  ever.  The  second  passage  teaches  us  that 
when  our  true  life  is  forfeited  as  the  result  of  sin,  we 
cannot  by  ourselves  deliver  it.  But  Christ  wins  it  back, 
not  by  any  literal  barter,  but  by  means  of  the  lile  that 
He  gave  up  in  the  service  of  God  and  man.  ^o  long  as- 


92  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORI) 

we  are  bound  by  guilt  we  are  under  sentence  of  spiritual 
death.  And  the  possibility  of  our  freedom  from  guilt 
depends  upon  our  availing  ourselves  of  Christ’s  devotion 
of  His  own  life  in  love,  a  devotion  which  found  its  climax 
in  fthe  death  of  the  Cross.’  Christ  therefore  does  for 
us  what  no  one  else  can  do. 

Jesus  is  the  Saviour. — That  our  Lord  through  dying 
delivers  man  from  sin  and  the  sense  of  guilt  was  the 
actual  experience  of  the  first  believers  and,  since  then, 
the  experience  of  multitudes  that  no  man  can  number. 
He  is  called  in  the  Gospels  e  he  that  shall  save  his 
people  from  their  sins,’  fthe  Saviour,’  fthe  Saviour  of 
the  world.’  It  was  not  perhaps  with  any  exclusive  refer¬ 
ence  to  His  death  that  He  said  to  Zaccliseus, 

‘The  Son  of  man  came  to  seek  and  to  save  that 
which  was  lost  ’  ( Luke  xix.  10). 

And  yet  St.  Paul,  St.  Peter,  and  the  author  of  the 
Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  regard  His  death  as  essential 
to  the  work  of  ransoming,  saving,  liberating  man.  The 
same  truth  is  expressed  in  different  words  in  one  book 
of  the  New  Testament  after  another.  Jesus  died  for  the 
same  object  as  that  for  which  He  lived,  and  still  lives, 
our  salvation.  To  die  was  therefore  a  manifestation  of 
His  glory.  In  St.  John’s  Gospel  we  find  that  He  regards 
His  crucifixion  as  the  fulfilment  of  His  mission  on  earth. 
His  exaltation  on  the  Cross  is  regarded  as  a  step  towards 
His  exaltation  into  heaven.  After  He  had  entered  into 
Jerusalem  on  the  Sunday  before  His  death.  He  said, 
‘  The  hour  is  come,  that  the  Son  of  man  should  be 
glorified’  ( John  xii.  23).  In  His  great  prayer  on  the 
evening  before  His  crucifixion  He  prayed, 

‘And  now,  O  Father,  glorify  thou  me  with  thine 
own  self  with  the  glory  which  I  had  with  thee 
before  the  world  was  ’  ( John  xvii.  5). 

The  passage  from  which  the  first  of  these  two  texts  is 
quoted  shows  how  this  glory  will  be. manifested.  For 
He  compares  Himself  to  a  grain  of  wheat  which  only 
bears  fruit  if  it  dies  ;  otherwise  ‘  it  abidetli  by  itself  alone.  ’ 
Here  our  Lord  makes  His  influence  depend  directly  upon 
His  death ;  because  He  is  to  perish,  He  will  be  the 
source  of  life  to  others.  Only  by  dying  did  He  in  love 
completely  identify  himself  with  us.  This  does  not 
dispense  us  from  holiness.  It  requires  that  by  living  in 


93 


ABOUT  HIS  DEATH 

union  with  Him  through  faith  and  the  help  which  He 
supplies,  we  should  identify  ourselves  with  Him,  the 
Holy  One. 

The  Holy  Communion  and  the  Death  of  Christ. — Another 
great  saying  of  our  Lord’s  teaches  that  the  death  of  the 
Messiah  is  not  a  disaster  to  His  followers,  but  a  means  of 
the  greatest  blessing.  These  are  the  words  that  He  said 
when  He  instituted  the  Holy  Communion.  There  is  a 
difficulty  in  determining  the  precise  form  of  words  which 
He  used,  for  the  different  accounts  of  them  vary.  But 
the  meaning  is  substantially  the  same  in  all.  St.  Luke 
writes  that  our  Lord  said  that  His  blood  was  poured  out 
for  you ,  St.  Mark  says  for  many,  and  St.  Matthew  says 
for  many  unto  remission  of  sins.  All  three  evangelists 
write  that  our  Lord  described  himself  as  instituting  a 
‘ covenant’  or  f  new  covenant’  between  God  and  man. 
Even  the  account  given  in  Mark  xiv.  22-25,  short  though 
it  is,  implies  that  a  unique  value  is  attached  to  the 
shedding  of  Christ’s  blood.  That  Jesus  should  speak  of 
a  new  covenant  would  not  surprise  His  disciples,  for  they 
must  have  known  that  Jeremiah  promised  such  a  cove¬ 
nant  (xxxi.  31).  Also  the  words  f  blood  of  the  covenant  ’ 
would  at  once  suggest  to  them  the  account  given  in  Exodus 
xxiv.  3-8  of  the  first  covenant  made  by  Moses  between  God 
and  Israel.  In  this  ancient  sacrifice  the  blood  offered  to 
God  was  sprinkled  upon  the  people  as  a  symbol  of  a  life 
which  refreshed  their  life  and  so  expelled  sin  and  unclean¬ 
ness.  So  our  Lord’s  death  had  a  special  value  about  it. 
For  it  was  the  completion  of  the  offering  of  His  life.  It 
was  a  perfect  reparation  to  God  for  the  heartless  disobe¬ 
dience  of  the  human  race,  offered  by  the  perfect  Represen¬ 
tative  of  our  race.  His  death  was  not  the  sole  deed  by 
which  He  saves.  But  to  appropriate  that  death,  to  hold 
communion  with  the  Christ  who  died  and  lives,  is 
necessary  for  our  forgiveness  and  our  life.’  We  must 
identify  ourselves  with  Him  who  died  if  we  are  to  enjoy 
the  friendship  of  God. 

Feeding  on  Christ’s  flesh  and  blood. — Our  Lord  has 
taught  us  how  to  identify  ourselves  with  Him.  This 
subject  will  be  further  considered  in  our  next  chapter. 
Let  us  here  notice  that  when  our  Lord  instituted  the  Holy 
Communion,  He  described  the  food  of  our  bodies  there 
given  to  us  as  His  body  and  blood.  This  the  disciples 


94  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

understood  to  be  a  food  for  their  souls.  Christ  prepared 
them  for  this  belief  by  a  discourse  spoken  a  year  before 
at  Capernaum  and  recorded  in  John  vi.  this  great 
discourse  does  not  relate  solely  to  the  Holy  Communion. 
It  is  concerned  rather  with  an  intercourse  and  union 
between  Christ  and  the  Christian  which  culminates  in 
this  sacred  meal.  The  idea  of  a  real  spiritual  feeding 
on  and  assimilating  the  life  of  God  had  been  present  in 
the  minds  of  Jewish  writers  who  spoke  of  God’s  wisdom 
as  given  to  be  ‘  eaten/  that  is,,  spiritually  appropriated. 
Thus  we  find  in  Ecclus.  xxiv.  19-21,  c  Ihey  that  eat  me 
shall  yet  be  hungry,  and  they  that  drink  me  shall  yet  be 
thirsty.’  Besides  this  line  of  thought,  we  find  that  the 
Jewish  sacrifices  repeatedly  impressed  upon  the  minds  of 
the  worshippers  the  duty  of  either  feeding  on  the  thing 
offered  to  God  in  sacrifice,  or  the  need  of  being  touched 
by  the  blood  of  the  life  of  an  animal  dedicated  to  God. 
These  expressive  symbols  showed  that  man  must  not 
regard  the  offering  given  by  him  to  God  as  a  mere  sub¬ 
stitute  for  himself,  but  must  identify  himself  with  the 
offering  and  dedicate  himself  with  it. 

Our  Lord  took  up  these  ideas,  elevating  them  to  the 
highest  level.  This  long  discourse  in  St.  John  contains 
three  sections.  The  first  deals  with  His  own  Person  (vi. 
2(3-40),  the  second  specially  calls  attention  to  His  saving 
work  (vi.  41-51),  the  third  deals  with  that  communion 
with  Him  which  is  specially  centred  in  the  sacrament  of 
His  body  and  blood.  In  the  first  He  requires  that  men 
should  believe  in  Him  as  their  living  Lord,  the  bread 
given  by  God  to  men’s  souls.  In  the  second  He  declares 
that  He  is  the  living  bread,  and  that  He  will  give  His 
flesh  for  the  life  of  the  world.  In  the  third  He  speaks 
of  the  necessity  of  eating  His  flesh  and  drinking  His 
blood.  The  flesh  and  blood  do  not  mean  himself  merely, 
but  himself  as  affected  by  a  violent  death — a  death 
endured,  as  He  declares,  for  the  life  of  the  world  : 

( I  am  the  living  bread  which  came  down  out  of 
heaven:  if  any  man  eat  of  this  bread,  he  shall 
live  for  ever :  yea  and  the  bread  which  I  will 
give  is  my  flesh,  for  the  life  of  the  world  ’ 
(John  vi.  51). 

Conclusion. —  The  religious  value  which  our  Lord 
attached  to  His  death  wras  not  an  afterthought  or  due  to 


ABOUT  HIS  DEATH 


95 


any  change  in  His  plan.  The  task  which  He  had  chosen 
for  himself  involved  His  submission  to  death.  He  taught 
that  the  new  covenant  or  alliance  between  God  and  man 
included  and  was  based  upon  the  idea  of  sacrifice.  And 
He  saw  and  taught  that  this  sacrifice  was  the  sacrifice  of 
himself.  The  importance  which  He  attached  to  His 
death  is  shown  in  many  ways.  But  it  is  specially 
certified  to  us  by  the  fact  that  He  instituted  a  special 
service  in  commemoration  of  it,  and  made  the  observance 
of  this  service  binding  on  His  disciples.  His  death  is 
for  the  good  of  others.  It  is  e  for  the  life  of  the  world  ’ ; 
though,  since  all  will  not  avail  themselves  of  it,  it  is  ‘for 
many'  {Mutt.,  Mark).  His  death  is  symbolised  by  the 
breaking  of  the  bread  :  and  that  the  death  is  for  the 
benefit  of  His  disciples  is  shown  by  the  distribution  of 
this  bread,  now  called  by  Him  His  f  body,’  to  the 
disciples.  He  brought  mankind  nearer  to  God  by  using 
death  as  He  used  life,  as  a  means  of  moral  victory 
through  trust  in  God.  And  in  dying  as  He  did,  He 
revealed  God’s  nature.  His  nature  of  holiness  and  love, 
by  that  perfect  love  of  man  which  enabled  Him  to  feel 
the  whole  horror  of  human  sin  and  yet  forgive  the 
sinner.  Without  this  death,  God’s  nature  would  not 
have  been  perfectly  disclosed.  God  was  ready  to  forgive 
the  world  when  He  had  proved  to  the  world  His  love. 
The  Cross  teaches  us  what  service  we  owe  to  God.  And 
we  do  more  than  learn  what  this  service  means.  We  can 
place  ourselves  under  the  purifying  power  of  His  sacrifice, 
by  repentance  and  faith,  by  submission  to  the  Holy 
Spirit  and  a  right  use  of  the  sacraments.  As  we  do  so, 
the  Atonement  takes  effect  in  each  of  us  individually  and 
we  are  enabled  to  live  the  life  of  sons  of  God. 


CHAPTER  IX 


THE  HOLY  SPIRIT  AND  THE  CHURCH 

The  primitive  Church  rightly  placed  together  the  state¬ 
ment  of  its  belief  in  the  Holy  Spirit,  the  Church,  and 
the  forgiveness  of  sins.  And  we  shall  therefore  in  this 
chapter  consider  what  our  Lord  taught  in  reference  to 
the  Holy  Spirit  and  the  community  of  persons  committed 
to  the  Holy  Spirit’s  care,  and  then  briefly  deal  with 
part  of  the  more  important  sacramental  teaching  of  our 
Lord. 

The  Holy  Spirit. — In  the  Old  Testament  the  work  of 
the  Spirit  of  God,  an  energy  proceeding  from  God  to 
create,  to  rule  and  guide,  is  frequently  mentioned. 
This  Spirit  is  a  principle  of  life  residing  in  the  divine 
nature  and  exerted  upon  the  world.  In  some  passages 
(as  Isaiah  xlviii.  16)  this  Spirit  is  almost,  if  not  quite, 
recognised  as  a  distinct  personality,  especially  in  pas¬ 
sages  where  the  Spirit  and  the  W ord  of  God  are  con¬ 
trasted.  In  the  New  Testament  far  more  is  said  about 
the  Holy  Spirit,  as  He  is  regarded  as  the  Force  which 
created  and  sustains  the  whole  Christian  Church  and 
every  Christian’s  character.  We  first  notice  that  our 
Lord’s  own  life  and  work  are  intimately  associated  with 
the  life  and  work  of  the  Spirit.  In  Matthew  i.  20  and  Luke 
i.  35  the  birth  of  Jesus  in  the  world  of  a  Virgin  Mother, 
is  expressly  attributed  to  a  miraculous  intervention  of 
the  divine  creative  Spirit.  All  the  evangelists  record 
that  the  Spirit  descended  upon  Jesus  at  His  Baptism,  the 
Head  of  the  Church  receiving  the  gift  which  in  Acts  and 
the  Epistles  is  described  as  imparted  to  His  members.  By 
the  Spirit  He  was  led  into  the  wilderness  to  endure  the 
temptations  which  were  to  bring  them  forward  to  per¬ 
fection.  ‘By  the  Spirit  of  God’  He  declared  that  He 
himself  cast  out  devils  {Matt.  xii.  28). 

The  Holy  Spirit  in  the  Synoptic  Gospels. — The  Synoptic 
Gospels  record  but  little  of  our  Lord’s  teaching  about 
96 


THE  HOLY  SPIRIT  AND  THE  CHURCH  97 

the  relation  of  the  Holy  Spirit  to  the  individual.  But 
this  little  is  of  great  importance.  One  of  the  most 
severe  statements  of  our  Lord  is  this  : 

f  Verily  I  say  unto  you.  All  their  sins  shall  be  for¬ 
given  unto  the  sons  of  men,  and  their  blas¬ 
phemies  wherewith  soever  they  shall  blaspheme: 
but  whosoever  shall  blaspheme  against  the  Holy 
Spirit  hath  never  forgiveness,  but  is  guilty  of 
an  eternal  sin  ’  (Mark  iii.  28,  29). 

Some  had  ascribed  His  good  works  to  the  power  of 
tfthe  prince  of  the  devils.’  These  men  had  so  far  made  evil 
their  good  as  to  ascribe  good  to  the  source  of  evil.  Such 
moral  depravity  is  near  to  sin  against  the  Holy  Spirit, 
whose  personal  existence  is  implied  by  the  fact  that  He 
can  be  sinned  against.  Our  Lord  does  not  say  that 
the  men  to  whom  He  spoke  had  reached  the  depth  of 
depravity  which  makes  moral  recovery  impossible.  But 
His  words  do  imply  that  the  will  may  become  so  far 
identified  with  evil  as  to  make  such  a  recovery  impos¬ 
sible.  In  the  parallel  passage  in  Matthew  xii.  32  our  Lord 
describes  speaking  against  the  Son  of  Man  as  a  less  sin 
than  speaking  against  the  Holy  Spirit.  This  saying  fits 
the  circumstances.  His  hearers  at  that  time  might 
without  sin  have  a  very  imperfect  view  of  the  Messiah’s 
dignity,  and  to  speak  against  Him  might  not  be  very 
blameworthy.  But  every  Jew  knew  that  the  Holy  Spirit 
was  the  Spirit  of  God  and,  according  to  their  own  stan¬ 
dard,  to  speak  against  Him  was  the  acme  of  profanity. 

To  possess  the  Holy  Spirit  is  to  possess  a  great  gift 
which  God  desires  to  impart  to  His  children  : 

f  If  ye  then,  being  evil,  know  how  to  give  good  gifts 
unto  your  children,  how  much  more  shall  your 
heavenly  Father  give  the  Holy  Spirit  to  them 
that  ask  him  ?  ’  (Luke  xi.  13). 

This  Holy  Spirit  will  aid  His  disciples,  and  be  in  them 
in  their  time  of  trial  when  they  are  brought  before 
governors  and  kings  for  Christ’s  sake  : 

f  But  when  they  deliver  you  up,  be  not  anxious  how 
or  what  ye  shall  speak  :  for  it  shall  be  given 
you  in  that  hour  what  ye  shall  speak.  For  it  is 
not  ye  that  speak,  but  the  Spirit  of  your  Father 
that  speaketh  in  you  ’  (Matt.  x.  19,  20). 

So  as  Jesus  himself  f  rejoiced  in  the  Holy  Spirit’  (Luke 

G 


98  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

x.  21),  the  disciples  are  to  rely  upon  a  power  which 
transcends  them  and  yet  is  to  be  in  them. 

The  Holy  Spirit  in  the  Synoptic  Gospels  is  that  divine 
power  which  worked  in  the  life  of  Jesus  ;  and  to  under¬ 
stand  the  Spirit,  the  whole  life  and  teaching-  of  our  Lord 
must  be  studied.  The  fourth  Gospel  shows  how-  in  turn 
the  Spirit  interprets  Jesus  to  His  Church. 

The  Holy  Spirit  in  St.  John’s  Gospel. — St.  John’s  Gospel 
contains  a  full  and  detailed  teaching  about  the  Holy 
Spirit,  who  is  described  under  the  name  of  Paraclete 
{John  xiv.  26).  The  word  Paraclete  means  more  than 
Comforter.  It  is  f  One  w  ho  is  called  upon  to  stand  by 
us,  especially  in  difficulty  or  conflict.’  So  one  important 
meaning  is  that  of  Advocate,  and  St.  John  applies  it  in 
this  sense  to  Christ  as  interceding  for  us  w  ith  the  Father 
(1  John  ii.  1).  We  can  only  briefly  sketch  the  outline 
of  our  Lord’s  teaching  about  the  Paraclete.  It  is  this  : 

1.  The  Paraclete  fproceedeth  from  the  Father’ 
{John  xv.  26).  The  Father  will  fgive’  Him  at  the  prayer 
of  the  Son  {John  xiv.  16),  and  the  Son  wdll  f  send  ’  Him 
{John  xvi.  7).  So  the  Father  and  the  Son  together  are 
responsible  for  His  coming.  The  Spirit  will  act  as  the 
Champion  of  the  cause  of  Christ  : 

f  And  he,  when  he  is  come,  will  convict  the  world 
in  respect  of  sin,  and  of  righteousness,  and  of 
judgement :  of  sin,  because  they  believe  not  on 
me ;  of  righteousness,  because  I  go  to  the 
Father  and  ye  behold  me  no  more  ;  of  judge¬ 
ment,  because  the  prince  of  this  world  hath 
been  judged5  {John  xvi.  8-11). 

The  activity  of  the  Spirit  will  show  that  the  world 
sinned  in  not  believing  in  Christ,  will  testify  to  the 
perfect  righteousness  of  Christ  as  shown  by  the  fact  of 
His  triumphant  Ascension,  and  will  show  by  His  own 
spiritual  victories  that  the  evil  spirit  is  doomed  to  con¬ 
demnation  and  failure. 

2.  The  Spirit  will  f  glorify’  Jesus. 

The  Spirit  will  specially  f glorify’  Jesus  by  enabling 
the  disciples  to  know  more  about  Jesus,  and  such  things 
as  the  Father  and  the  Son  will  that  He  shall  teach.  He 
is  not  to  speak  by  His  owrn  initiative  : 

‘  He  shall  not  speak  from  himself ;  but  what  things 
soever  he  shall  hear,  these  shall  he  speak  .  .  . 


THE  HOLY  SPIRIT  AND  THE  CHURCH  99 

he  shall  take  of  mine,  and  shall  declare  it  unto 
you'  (John  xvi.  13,  14). 

W  hen  the  time  comes  for  a  deeper  apprehension  of 
some  aspect  of  the  truth  by  the  Church,  the  Spirit  hears 
from  the  Son  and  teaches  the  Church.  It  is  then  the 
office  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  ‘the  Spirit  of  truth,’  to  guide 
into  all  the  truth  (John  xvi.  13).  This  development 
of  the  knowledge  of  the  truth  on  the  part  of  the  disciples 
will  sometimes  be  based  on  a  revived  remembrance 
of  the  teaching  of  Jesus.  ‘He  shall  teach  you  all 
things,  and  bring  to  your  remembrance  all  that  I  said 
unto  you  ’  (John  xiv.  26). 

3.  The  Spirit  will  give  to  the  Christian  a  share  in  the 
life  of  Jesus. 

The  Holy  Spirit  is  to  do  more  than  teach  the  disciples  ; 
He  is  to  give  them  an  actual  life-contact  with  Jesus. 
Christ  will  not  leave  His  followers  desolate ;  He  will  return 
to  them  in  the  coming  of  the  Spirit.  St.  John  in  comment¬ 
ing  on  certain  words  of  Jesus,  says,  ‘The  Spirit  was  not 
yet  given;  because  Jesus  was  not  yet  glorified’  (John  vii. 
39).  The  Greek  of  this  verse  makes  it  plain  that  he  does 
not  mean  that  the  Holy  Spirit  did  not  exist,  but  that  He 
was  not  yet  imparted  as  an  inward  influence  ;  He  did  not 
dwell  in  man  until  Jesus  was  glorified  by  His  Ascension. 

I  he  Spirit  is  to  come,  not  to  annihilate  our  personality,  but 
to  make  it  Christian  ;  to  come  not  as  a  substitute  for  an 
absent  Christ,  but  to  bring  His  spiritual  presence  to  us  : 

‘  And  I  will  pray  the  Father,  and  he  shall  give  you 
another  Paraclete,  that  he  may  be  with  you  for 
ever,  even  the  Spirit  of  truth  ;  whom  the  world 
cannot  receive :  for  it  beholdeth  him  not, 
neither  knoweth  him  :  ye  know  him  ;  for  he 
abideth  with  you,  and  shall  be  in  you.  I  will 
not  leave  you  desolate  :  I  come  unto  you.  Yet 
a  little  while,  and  the  world  beholdeth  me  no 
y  \  e  1  ehold  me  :  because  I  live,  ye 
shall  live  also  ’  (John  xiv.  16-19). 

It  is  in  this  way  that  the  promises  given  early  in  the 
Gospel  were  to  be  fulfilled.  For  ‘life’  is  the  gift  of 
Jesus,  a  life  that  outlives  death,  and  destroys  sin  which 
is  also  death.  The  new  birth  of  the  believer  is  by  water 
and  the  Spirit,  and  Jesus  says,  fI  came  that  they  may 
have  life,  and  may  have  it  abundantly’  (John  x.  10). 


100  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 


Can  we  explain  this  difference  which  we  find  between 
the  Synoptic  Gospels  on  the  one  hand  and  the  writings 
of  St.  Paul  and  St.  John  on  the  other  hand  in  the  degree 
of  prominence  which  is  given  to  the  Holy  Spirit?  There 
is  an  explanation  which  seems  reasonable,  but  which  has 
not  yet  received  as  much  attention  as  it  deserves.  It  is 
that  the  Synoptic  Gospels  do  on  the  whole  represent  the 
course  of  teaching  which  was  given  to  persons  who  were 
preparing  for  admission  into  the  Christian  Church,  while 
the  fourth  Gospel  represents  the  more  developed  teach¬ 
ing  which  was  given  to  those  who  were  already  baptized. 
St.  John  wrote  to  deepen  the  knowledge  and  faith  of 
Christians  ( John  xx.  31),  not  to  give  primary  instruction. 
The  prevalence  of  teaching  about  the  Holy  Spirit, 
assumed  as  something  which  would  be  readily  under¬ 
stood,  in  the  earliest  Epistles  of  St.  Paul,  is  a  fact  which 
requires  explanation.  And  it  can  only  be  explained 
naturally  if  we  believe  that  the  Lord  himself  had  given 
teaching  of  the  kind  recorded  by  St.  John.  St.  Luke, 
who  wrote  Acts  no  less  certainly  than  he  wrote  our  third 
Gospel,  records  the  words  of  Jesus  Christ : 

fYe  shall  receive  power,  when  the  Holy  Ghost  is 
come  upon  you  :  and  ye  shall  be  my  witnesses 
both  in  Jerusalem,  and  in  all  Judaea  and 
Samaria,  and  unto  the  uttermost  part  of  the 
earth  ’  {Acts  i.  8). 

And  the  whole  book  of  Acts  is  a  record  of  the  fulfilment 
of  this  promise.  Previous  currents  of  Jewish  thought 
with  regard  to  the  Messiah  and  the  Holy  Spirit  are  not 
strong  and  clear  enough  to  account  for  the  rise  of  a 
definite  belief  in  the  divine  personality  of  Jesus  and  of 
the  Holy  Spirit.  The  belief  rests  on  the  teaching  of 
Jesus,  not  merely  Jesus  as  living  in  the  experience  of 
the  Christian  Church,  but  also  the  Jesus  wdio  was  his¬ 
torically  known  and  heard. 

The  doctrine  of  the  Holy  Trinity. — If  St.  Paul  and 
St.  John  have  not  perverted  the  teaching  of  Jesus,  and 
we  are  right  in  holding  that  even  in  the  Synoptic  Gospels 
a  divine  personality  is  ascribed  to  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ 
and  to  the  Holy  Spirit,  then  our  Lord  taught  that  God 
is  One  in  Three.  He  taught  the  doctrine  of  the  Holy 
Trinity ;  though  not  in  the  outward  form  which  w^as 
given  to  it  by  the  Councils  of  the  Church  in  later  times, 


THE  HOLY  SPIRIT  AND  THE  CHURCH  101 

when  it  became  necessary  to  explain  it  in  opposition  to 
attempts  which  were  being  made  to  explain  it  away. 
Words  like  f  consubstantial  ’  would  not  have  been  intel- 
legible  to  the  first  disciples  of  Jewish  race.  But  Christ 
taught  that  the  life  of  God  is  threefold,  and  that  there 
are  in  the  life  of  God  those  eternal  distinctions  which  we 
know  in  Christian  experience.  The  Father  ‘  before  the 
world  was’  glorified  and  loved  the  Son  ( John  xvii.  5); 
and  the  Spirit  which  we  know  as  ‘the  Lord  and  Giver  of 
life’  within  us,  is  the  same  Spirit  that  ‘ anointed’  Jesus 
in  His  human  nature  and  was  active  in  the  creation  of 
the  world.  God  who  reveals  himself  to  us  as  Father 
and  Redeemer  and  Advocate,  is  not  different  in  himself 
from  His  revelation  made  to  us.  There  was  always  in 
God  a  Fatherhood  and  Sonship  and  united  devotion  to 
a  personal  Being  who  answers  love  with  love.  And  the 
Three  are  as  truly  One  as  our  mind  and  thought  and 
will  are  one.  When  St.  Paul  speaks  of  ‘  the  grace  of 
our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  the  love  of  God,  and  the 
communion  of  the  Holy  Ghost’  (2  Cor.  xiii.  14),  his 
language  justifies  the  language  of  our  Nicene  Creed. 
And  there  is  a  similar  co-ordination  of  the  Father,  Son, 
and  Spirit,  even  in  St.  J ude,  one  of  the  least  theological 
writers  of  the  New  Testament  {Jude  20,  21).  God  is 
personal,  but  also  more  than  personal.  There  is  a  Unity 
which  is  higher  and  more  ultimate  than  personality  as 
we  know  it.  To  this  reality  we  can  fitly  give  the  name 
of  substance.  And  the  doctrine  of  the  Trinity,  and  that 
alone,  preserves  the  truth  of  God’s  transcendence  with 
the  truth  of  His  indwelling  presence  in  the  world. 

The  Church. — We  have  already  on  p.  61  considered 
the  Church  as  the  outward  organised  manifestation  of 
the  kingdom  of  God.  It  is  true  that  it  is  only  recorded 
that  Jesus  actually  used  the  word  Church  on  two  occa¬ 
sions  {Matt.  xvi.  18;  xviii.  15-17).  The  Greek  word 
corresponds  with  the  Hebrew  word  qdhdl,  which  was 
applied  to  the  congregation  or  community  of  Israel. 
There  is  therefore  no  difficulty  in  supposing  that  our 
Lord  would  assume  that  the  Greek  or  Aramaic  word,  or 
both,  would  be  intelligible  to  His  immediate  followers. 
It  agreed  with  His  purpose  not  to  destroy,  but  to  fulfil, 
that  the  society  which  He  founded  should  realise  what 
had  been  imperfectly  realised  by  the  Jewish  theocracy. 


102  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 


But  whether  Jesus  frequently  used  the  word  qdhdl  or 
not;  He  purposed  that  His  followers  should  form  a  dis¬ 
tinct  brotherhood.  He  called  twelve  men  into  a  specially 
close  relation  with  himself,  He  trained  them  for  the 
special  work  of  furthering  His  principles.  He  commis¬ 
sioned  them  to  preach  and  heal  in  His  name  ( Mark  iii. 
13-19 ;  vi.  7-13 ;  Luke  vi.  12-10).  And  all  the  Gospels 
unite  in  teaching  that  our  Lord  after  His  resurrection 
gave  to  the  faithful  apostles  (i)  a  world-wide  commission, 
(ii)  a  command  to  baptize  or  proclaim  the  remission  of  sins. 
We  have  here  the  nucleus  of  an  organisation,  a  provision 
for  common  belief,  common  prayer,  and  common  work 
for  God.  Not  till  our  Lord  ascended  and  the  Holy  Spirit 
was  outpoured,  was  the  Church  constituted  and  able  to 
develop  its  organisation.  But  our  Lord  previously  col¬ 
lected  the  material,  and  made  His  apostles  the  foundation 
stones. 

Jesus  Christ  with  His  Church. — Our  Lord  promised  to 
be  with  His  Church  (a)  in  worship  :  Where  two  or  three 
are  gathered  together  in  my  name,  there  am  I  in  the 
midst  of  them 5  {Matt,  xviii.  20)  ;  (6)  in  the  exercise  of 
authority  over  men:  ‘  Verily  I  say  unto  you.  What 
things  soever  ye  shall  bind  on  earth  shall  be  bound  in 
heaven  :  and  what  things  soever  ye  shall  loose  on  earth 
shall  be  loosed  in  heaven  ’  {Matt,  xviii.  18).  To  6  bind 
and  loose’  is  a  rabbinical  Hebrew  phrase  for  f  forbid  and 
permit.’  The  Church  is  to  prohibit  or  allow  according 
as  the  principles  of  Christ  require.  Thus  the  Church 
bound  or  forbade  the  circumcision  of  Gentile  believers, 
and  in  later  times  loosed  or  permitted  absolution  to  be 
given  when  a  Christian  had  for  a  second  time  fallen  into 
deadly  sin.  Similarly  in  John  xx.  23  our  Lord  says, 
‘  Receive  ye  the  Holy  Ghost :  whose  soever  sins  ye 
forgive,  they  are  forgiven  unto  them  ;  whose  soever  sins 
ye  retain,  they  are  retained.’  In  this,  as  in  the  previous 
promise,  an  assurance  is  given  to  the  disciples  that  the 
actions  which  are  done  for  the  spiritual  government  and 
discipline  of  the  Church  will  be  ratified  in  heaven,  (c) 
The  special  connection  of  our  Lord’s  presence  with 
Baptism,  by  which  souls  are  brought  under  the  power  of 
His  ( name  ’  or  revealed  personality,  and  the  Holy 
Communion,  which  is  the  partaking  of  His  body  and 
blood,  will  be  considered  soon.  The  whole  right  of  the 


THE  HOLY  SPIRIT  AND  THE  CHURCH  103 


Church  to  guide  and  feed  the  souls  of  men  rests  upon 
this  presence  of  Christ  with  her  in  worship  based  on  a  true 
faith,  in  government,  and  in  sacraments.  This  presence 
of  Christ  is  effected  by  the  Spirit.  And  our  Lord,  know¬ 
ing  the  great  possibilities  that  are  involved  in  His 
presence  with  His  Church,  prayed  to  the  Father  : 

e  That  they  may  be  one,  even  as  we  are  one  :  I  in 
them,  and  thou  in  me,  that  they  may  be  per¬ 
fected  into  one  ;  that  the  world  may  know  that 
thou  didst  send  me,  and  lovedst  them,  even  as 
thou  lovedst  me  ’  ( John  xvii.  22,  23). 

Holy  Baptism. — The  new  revelation  of  God  under  the 
threefold  Name,  that  of  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Spirit,  is 
associated  with  a  new  rite  : 

fGo  ye  therefore,  and  make  disciples  of  all  the 
nations,  baptizing  them  into  the  name  of  the 
Father  and  of  the  Son  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost  ’ 
{Matt,  xxviii.  19). 

The  fname’  of  God  is  a  Hebrew  expression  for  what 
God  is.  Baptism  is  therefore  immersion  e  into  ’  the  Being 
of  God.  The  divine  fname'  is  the  element  into  which 
the  baptized  person  is  immersed,  as  the  source  of  all 
spiritual  cleansing.  He  must  henceforth  live  incor¬ 
porated  in  Christ  and  thus  united  with  God,  the  words 
which  declare  this  incorporation  being  spoken  over  him 
when  he  is  baptized,  that  is,  ceremonially  washed  with 
water.  The  state  of  mind  required  in  the  person  so  bap¬ 
tized  is  abundantly  illustrated  from  the  early  Christian 
belief  and  practice  recorded  in  the  New  Testament.  He 
must  have  faith  and  repentance.  He  must  believe  in  the 
God  revealed  to  Him  in  Jesus,  and  he  must  have  a  true 
change  of  mind  in  respect  of  sin,  repentance  being  the 
first  practical  effect  of  faith.  God’s  response  to  this  faith 
is  the  giving  of  ‘  remission  ’  of  sins  to  the  person  baptized. 
So  our  Lord  is  described  by  St.  Luke  as  saying : 

fThus  it  is  written,  that  the  Christ  should  suffer, 
and  rise  again  from  the  dead  the  third  day  ;  and 
that  repentance  and  remission  of  sins  should  be 
preached  in  his  name  unto  all  the  nations,  be¬ 
ginning  from  Jerusalem’  {Luke  xxiv.  46,  47). 

It  was  the  conviction  of  the  primitive  Church  that  the 
heart  of  the  Gospel  was  explained  to  the  Church  orally 
by  the  risen  Christ.  The  message  is  a  message  of 


104  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

forgiveness,  of  a  remission  or  f  putting  away/  not  fic¬ 
titious  but  literally  true.  It  is  a  remission  which  at 
once  raises  the  believer  to  a  status  of  sonship  with  God, 
a  status  won  by  a  living  Saviour  who  imparts  His  own 
strength  to  the  baptized  believer. 

This  gift  of  a  new  strength  comes  with  the  bestowal  of 
the  Holy  Spirit.  The  New  Testament  repeatedly  connects 
the  gift  of  the  Holy  Spirit  with  baptism.  Our  Lord  him¬ 
self  spoke  of  the  gift  of  the  Spirit  to  His  disciples  as  a 
baptism.  f  Ye  shall  be  baptized  with  the  Holy  Ghost  not 
many  days  hence  ’  ( Acts  i.  5).  After  the  Holy  Spirit  came 
to  them  on  the  day  of  Pentecost,  baptism  with  the  Spirit  in 
no  way  displaced  baptism  with  water.  It  was  regarded  as 
normally  coinciding  with  it  (Acts  ii.  38  ;  ix.  17  If.).  But 
when  the  apostles  themselves  did  not  baptize  and  lay 
hands  on  the  converts,  steps  were  taken  to  supply  the 
gift.  The  apostles  supplied  it  by  laying  hands  on  those 
baptized  previously  (Acts  viii.  16-17  ;  xix.  1-7). 

Baptism  into  the  name  of  the  Lord  Jesus. — Acts  viii.  16  is 
connected  with  a  difficulty  concerning  baptism  itself.  It 
mentions  Christians  at  Samaria  who  had  not  received  the 
Holy  Ghost,  f  only  they  had  been  baptized  into  the  name 
of  the  Lord  Jesus  ’  (cf.  ii.  38  ;  xix.  5).  It  was  the  opinion 
of  some  writers  of  the  Middle  Ages,  and  the  opinion 
has  been  revived  in  modern  times,  that  when  the 
primitive  Church  administered  baptism,  it  for  a  time 
administered  it  with  the  formula  finto  the  name  of 
the  Lord  Jesus’  and  not  with  the  Trinitarian  formula 
found  in  Matt,  xxviii.  19.  It  is  just  possible  that 
the  apostles  may  have  used  the  Trinitarian  formula 
in  baptizing  Gentiles  and  used  the  other  words  as  a 
formula  in  baptizing  Jews  and  Samaritans,  or  that  they 
replaced  the  simple  formula  by  the  fuller  one.  But 
there  is  no  clear  evidence  to  show  that  the  baptismal 
formula  ever  consisted  of  the  words  (l  baptize  thee 
into  the  name  of  the  Lord  Jesus.’  The  early  Jewish 
Christian  manual  known  as  the  Didache  clearly  says 
f  Baptize  into  the  name  of  the  Father  and  of  the  Son  and 
of  the  Holy  Ghost  in  living  water.’  And  the  New 
Testament  itself  proves  that  within  the  lifetime  of  men 
who  heard  our  Lord,  it  was  usual  to  speak  of  the  Father, 
Son,  and  Holy  Spirit  together.  We  conclude  therefore 
that  it  is  most  likely  that  f  to  be  baptized  into  the  name  of 


THE  HOLY  SPIRIT  AND  THE  CHURCH  105 

the  Lord  Jesus  ’  means  ( to  receive  Christian  baptism.  It 
does  not  denote  the  use  of  a  rival  formula.  To  be  bap¬ 
tized  into  Christ  so  as  to  be  incorporated  in  Him  is  to  be 
brought  into  union  with  the  Father  and  the  Holy  Spiiit. 

The  Holy  Communion. — Christianity  is  in  its  essence  a 
sacramental  religion.  It  teaches  that  a  divine  Spiiit, 
the  eternal  Son  of  God,  made  human  nature  His  own 
for  ever,  so  as  to  be  always  associated  in  our  minds  with 
every  thought  concerning  himself.  Material  natuie  is 
employed  to  contribute  its  share  towards  the  whole 
process  of  redemption.  It  is  made  the  vehicle  of  spiritual 
life,  not  cast  aside  as  unspiritual.  The  early  Christians 
valued  this  great  principle,  and  their  writers  constantly 
maintained  it  against  the  decadent  pagan  theories  in 
which  matter  was  represented  as  an  evil  thing.  .  They 
saw  that  the  idea  of  the  highest  spiritual  gifts  coming  to 
man  through  material  means  agrees  with  the  whole 
method  by  which  God  creates  and  redeems  us.  The 
sacred  meal  instituted  by  Jesus  Christ  in  remembrance 
of  himself  is  a  great  illustration  of  this  method.  As 
such  it  is  in  a  peculiar  degree  analogous  to  the  act  by 
which  fthe  Word  was  made  flesh.’  And  its  very  nature 
simultaneously  makes  a  great  appeal  to  the  individual 
conscience  and  emphasises  the  social  side  of  true  religion. 

Concerning  the  institution  of  this  meal,  to  which  the 
Christians  at  a  very  early  date  gave  the  name  ol 
Eucharist  or  c  thanksgiving,  we  have  at  least  thiee 
primitive  traditions.  There  is  (i)  that  of  St.  Maik, 
apparently  familiar  to  St.  Matthew,  (ii)  that  of  St.  Luke, 
(iii)  that  of  St.  Paul.  They  are  as  follows 

Mark  xiv.  22.  Matt.  xxvi.  26. 

And  as  they  were  eating  he  Now  as  they  were  eating 
took  bread,  blessed  and  brake  Jesus  took  bread  and  blessed 


and  gave  to  them  and  said : 
Take : 

this  is  my  body. 

And  taking  a  cup  he  gave 
thanks 

and  gave  to  them 
and  they  all  drank  of  it : 
and  he  said  to  them  : 

This  is  my  blood  of  the  cove¬ 
nant,  which  is  shed  on  behalf  of 
many. 


and  brake  and  giving  to  the 
disciples  said : 

Take,  eat : 
this  is  my  body. 

And  taking  a  cup  he  gave 
thanks 

and  gave  to  them 
saying : 

Drink  ye  all  of  it : 
for  this  is  my  blood  of  the  cove¬ 
nant  which  for  many  is  shed 
for  remission  of  sins. 


106  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 


We  may  next  compare  the  accounts  of  St.  Luke  and 
his  friend  St.  Paul : 


Luke  xxii.  17. 

And  he  received  a  cup  and 
gave  thanks  and  said:  Take 
this  and  divide  it  among  your¬ 
selves  ;  for  I  say  unto  you,  I 
will  not  drink  from  now  of  the 
fruit  of  the  vine,  until  the 
kingdom  of  God  come. 

And  he  took  bread  and  gave 
thanks  and  brake  and  gave  to 
them  saying : 

This  is  my  body 

which  is  given  on  your  behalf  : 

do  this  unto  my  remembrance. 

Also  the  cup  likewise  after 
supper,  saying : 

This  cup  is  the  new  covenant 
in  my  blood,  this  which  on 
your  behalf  is  shed. 


1  Cor.  xi.  23. 


He  took  bread  and  gave 
thanks  and  brake  and  said : 

This  is  my  body 

which  is  on  your  behalf  : 

do  this  unto  my  remembrance. 

Likewise  also  the  cup  after 
supper,  saying : 

This  cup  is  the  new  covenant 
in  my  blood ; 

do  this,  as  oft  as  ye  drink  it, 
unto  my  remembrance. 


In  spite  of  the  evidence  of  some  manuscripts,  there  is 
good  reason  for  thinking  that  St.  Luke  wrote  as  above. 
The  mention  of  the  first  cup.  in  the  passage  which  is  here 
printed  in  italics,  can  be  explained.  In  the  time  of  our 
Lord  the  Jewish  Passover  feasts  which  commemorated 
the  deliverance  of  the  Israelites  from  the  power  of  the 
Egyptians,  included  the  drinking  of  four  cups  of  wine 
mixed  with  water.  The  third  cup  was  called  ‘  the  cup 
of  blessing/  and  this  was  the  cup  which  Jesus  gave  as 
His  blood.  St.  Paul  actually  calls  the  sacramental  cup 
‘the  cup  of  blessing’  (1  Cor.  x.  16).  And  the  first  cup 
mentioned  by  St.  Luke  is  not  sacramental,  but  part  of 
the  ordinary  Passover  meal. 

Holy  Communion  and  the  Passover. — The  best  authorities 
in  the  early  Church  agree  with  St.  John  in  maintaining 
that  our  Lord  did  not  eat  a  Passover  lamb,  but  died  on 
the  day  when  the  Passover  lambs  were  killed.  The  last 
supper  which  He  ate  with  His  disciples  was  therefore 
not  identical  with  the  Jewish  feast  and  was  eaten  a 
night  earlier.  But  it  was  nevertheless  a  Passover.  It 
included  all  the  most  sacred  associations  of  the  ancient 
rite.  Our  Lord  expressly  calls  it  ‘this  Passover.’  •  And 


THE  HOLY  SPIRIT  AND  THE  CHURCH  107 

it  was  accompanied  by  the  use  of  the  same  thin  un¬ 
leavened  bread,  the  same  wine  mingled  with  water, 
the  same  ‘sop’  or  mixture  of  bitter  herbs,  bread  and 
vinegar,  which  was  eaten  to  recall  the  mortar  of  the 
bricks  made  in  Egypt,  and  followed  by  the  singing  of 
the  same  Psalms.  Like  the  Passover  this  service  denoted 
deliverance  accompanied  by  sacrifice,  and  like  the  Pass- 
over  it  included  communion,  the  sharing  of  a  common 
sacred  meal.  More  than  this,  it  inaugurated  a  ‘new 
covenant,’  which  is  a  transfigured  renewal  of  the  cove¬ 
nant  made  between  God  and  the  Israelites  by  the  sacrifice 
offered  at  Sinai  ( Exod .  xxiv.  6-8).  And  it  also  fulfilled  in 
a  spiritualised  form  the  Jewish  expectation  of  the  feast 
to  be  given  in  the  kingdom  of  the  Messiah  to  His  people. 
Thus  the  symbols  of  a  feast  are  treated  by  our  Lord  as 
equally  the  symbols  of  a  covenant  made  by  the  shedding 
of  sacrificial  blood. 

St.  John’s  Gospel  does  not  record  the  institution  of 
the  Eucharist,  any  more  than  it  mentions  the  institution 
of  Christian  baptism.  Instead  of  this  the  third  chapter 
lays  peculiar  emphasis  on  the  necessity  of  a  new  birth 
by  wrater  and  the  Spirit,  and  the  sixth  chapter  on  the 
necessity  of  feeding  on  the  flesh  and  blood  of  Christ. 
These  two  chapters  deal  with  those  great  truths  which 
underlie  the  doctrine  of  these  two  sacraments.  And  by 
insisting  upon  the  need  of  the  Christian’s  intimate  union 
with  the  divine  life  which  He  himself  possesses,  Jesus 
declared  His  intention  of  communicating  to  His  Church 
His  own  human  life.  He  expressly  guarded  His  words 
against  any  gross  or  materialistic  explanation,  by  lifting 
the  minds  of  His  hearers  upward  to  heaven.  His  words 
imply  that  heaven  is  His  true  home,  and  that  after  the 
Ascension  it  will  not  be  possible  for  His  disciples  to 
think  that  He  had  intended  that  they  should  feed  upon 
His  flesh  and  blood  in  a  manner  recognised  by  the  out¬ 
ward  senses.  But  He  nevertheless  teaches  that  the  whole 
Christ  becomes  the  living  bread  to  each  Christian. 

Summary  of  Eucharistic  doctrine. — It  is  not  our  purpose 
here  to  describe  later  theological  explanations  of  the 
Lord’s  Supper,  but  to  call  attention  to  what  our  Lord’s 
words  obviously  imply  as  recorded  by  the  evangelists  and 
St.  Paul. 

(i)  The  bread  and  wine  are  identified  with  Christ  s 


108  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

body  and  blood,  so  that  the  disciples  of  our  Lord  feed  on 
His  life.  It  is  the  life  which  He  receives  from  the 
Father,  and  that  life  incarnate  and  offered  in  death. 

(ii)  The  Lord’s  Supper  or  Eucharist  is  a  service  which 
He  commanded  to  be  repeated. 

(iii)  The  separate  giving  of  the  bread  as  the  body  of 
Christ,  and  giving  of  the  wine  as  His  blood,  are  symbolic 
of  the  separation  of  His  body  and  blood  on  Calvary. 
They  therefore  represent  the  sacrificial  death  which 
sealed  the  fnew  covenant’  between  God  and  man. 

(iv)  The  Lord’s  Supper  is  a  means  of  strengthening1 
corporate  unity  between  believers.  In  feeding  upon 
the  same  divine  sacrifice  they  themselves  become  more 
truly  fone  body.’ 


CHAPTER  X 


our  lord’s  teaching  about  the  end  of  the  world 

The  teaching-  of  Jesus  contains  important  prophecies  with 
regard  to  the  future  of  Jerusalem,  the  future  and  end  of 
the  world  and  of  man. 

There  are  some  serious  problems  connected  with  these 
prophecies.  The  different  evangelists  lay  stress  on  some¬ 
what  different  aspects  of  the  events  predicted  by  Christ, 
and  there  is  sometimes  some  confusion  in  the  record  of 
what  He  taught.  But  on  investigation  that  teaching  can 
be  seen  to  be  a  living  and  organic  whole,  and  the  scheme 
of  it  can  be  intelligently  grasped. 

The  end  of  Jerusalem. — Among  the  oldest  portions  of 
our  Gospels  are  certain  predictions  of  the  destruction  of 
Jerusalem.  For  example : 

f  Therefore  also  said  the  wisdom  of  God,  I  will  send 
unto  them  prophets  and  apostles  ;  and  some  of 
them  they  shall  kill  and  persecute  ;  that  the 
blood  of  all  the  prophets,  which  was  shed  from 
the  foundation  of  the  world,  may  be  required 
of  this  generation  ;  from  the  blood  of  Abel  unto 
the  blood  of  Zachariah,  who  perished  between 
the  altar  and  the  sanctuary  :  yea,  I  say  unto 
you,  it  shall  be  required  of  this  generation  ’ 
( Luke  xi.  49-51). 

Later,  on  the  occasion  of  His  triumphal  entrance  into 
Jerusalem  on  Palm  Sunday,  we  are  told  how,  as  He 
approached  the  city.  He  wept  over  it  and  said  : 

‘For  the  days  shall  come  upon  thee,  when  thine 
enemies  shall  cast  up  a  bank  about  thee,  and 
compass  thee  round,  and  keep  thee  in  on  every 
side,  and  shall  dash  thee  to  the  ground,  and  thy 
children  within  thee  ;  and  they  shall  not  leave 
in  thee  one  stone  upon  another ;  because  thou 
knewest  not  the  time  of  thy  visitation 

{Luke  xix  43,  44) 

109 


110  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 


He  also  more  definitely  foretold  the  destruction  of  the 
Temple  ( Mark  xiii.  2).  And  He  warned  those  who  were 
in  Judsea  to  flee  into  the  mountains  when  the  city  should 
become  surrounded  by  the  invading  armies  {Luke  xxi.  20). 
He  also  said  that  God  would  destroy  the  evil  f  husband¬ 
men’  of  His  vineyard,  and  ‘give  the  vineyard  unto  others’ 
{Mark  xii.  9).  All  this  was  fulfilled.  The  Romans  in  a.d. 
70,  within  the  lifetime  of  many  who  saw  and  heard  Jesus, 
destroyed  both  the  city  and  the  Temple.  The  Temple 
was  never  rebuilt ;  an  effort  made  three  hundred  years 
later  by  the  Emperor  Julian  to  rebuild  it  proved  abortive. 
The  Jewish  propaganda  among  the  heathen  practically 
came  to  an  end  in  the  second  century,  being  supplanted 
by  Christian  missionary  enterprise. 

The  Future  Coming  of  our  Lord. — It  is  far  more  difficult 
to  determine  exactly  what  our  Lord  taught  with  regard 
to  His  future  coming,  and  more  especially  the  time  of 
that  coming.  After  the  instruction  which  He  gave  to 
the  disciples  when  He  sent  them  forth  to  teach  and  to 
heal,  we  find  in  Matthew  a  discourse  upon  the  dangers 
which  they  will  encounter.  In  the  midst  of  it  comes 
the  saying : 

(1)  ‘  But  when  they  persecute  you  in  this  city,  flee 

into  the  next :  for  verily  I  say  unto  you.  Ye 
shall  not  have  gone  through  the  cities  of  Israel, 
till  the  Son  of  man  be  come’  {Matt.  x.  23). 

It  is  almost  certain  that  the  evangelist,  in  accordance 
with  his  usual  custom,  has  here  grouped  together  sayings 
of  our  Lord  according  to  their  subject,  and  not  according 
to  the  order  of  time  in  which  they  were  spoken.  Part 
of  these  sayings  belong  to  a  late  period  in  our  Lord’s 
ministry.  The  tribulations  here  foretold  belong  to  a 
time  subsequent  to  the  Ascension,  not  a  time  before  the 
Crucifixion.  The  parallel  passage  in  Mark  xiii.  9-13 
shows  that  the  evangelisation  of  ‘all  the  nations’  is  to 
accompany  these  troubles.  It  is  therefore  possible  that 
our  Lord  is  warning  His  apostles  that  they  will  not 
succeed  in  converting  the  Jews  before  His  visible  per¬ 
sonal  return.  But  it  is  more  likely  that  He  refers  to  an 
invisible  return  by  which  His  power  will  be  manifested. 

(2)  A  second  important  passage  is  in  Mark  : 

{a)  ‘For  whosoever  shall  be  ashamed  of  me  and  of 
my  words  in  this  adulterous  and  sinful  genera- 


ABOUT  THE  END  OF  T  FI  E  WORLD  111 

tion,  the  Son  of  man  also  shall  be  ashamed  of 
him,  when  he  cometh  in  the  glory  of  his  Father 
with  the  holy  angels.  ( b )  And  he  said  unto 
them,  Verily  I  say  unto  you,  there  be  some 
here  of  them  that  stand  by,  which  shall  in 
nowise  taste  of  death,  till  they  see  the  kingdom 
of  God  come  with  power  ’  ( Mark  viii.  38-ix.  1). 

Clause  (a)  above  in  all  three  Synoptists  refers  to  the 
final  judgment,  and  Matthew  here  represents  our  Lord  as 
saying  that  He  c  will  render  unto  every  man  according  to 
his  deeds.’ 

As  for  clause  ( b ),  the  parallel  passage  in  Luke  agrees 
with  Mark,  as  it  similarly  speaks  of  ‘the  kingdom  of 
God’  ( Luke  ix.  26,  27).  But  Matt.  xvi.  28  replaces  the 
words  about  the  coming  of  the  kingdom  by  c  till  they  see 
the  Son  of  man  coming  in  His  kingdom.’  The  fact  that 
the  earliest  evangelist,  St.  Mark,  is  here  supported  by 
St.  Luke,  makes  it  very  doubtful  if  our  Lord  on  this 
occasion  spoke  of  His  final  personal  coming  as  happening 
in  the  lifetime  of  the  bystanders,  even  if  the  first  evan¬ 
gelist  really  thought  so. 

(3)  Another  important  passage  is  our  Lord’s  answer 
to  the  question  of  the  high  priest  on  the  night  of  His 
trial : 

‘Again  the  high  priest  asked  him,  and  saith  unto 
him,  Art  thou  the  Christ,  the  Son  of  the  Blessed  ? 
And  Jesus  said,  I  am  :  and  ye  shall  see  the  Son 
of  man  sitting  at  the  right  hand  of  power,  and 
coming  with  the  clouds  of  heaven  ’ 

( Mark  xiv.  61,  62). 

In  Matt.  xxvi.  64  the  statement  is  varied  by  the  inser¬ 
tion  of  ‘Henceforth’  before  ‘ye  shall  see.’  In  Luke 
xxii.  69  the  verse  appears  in  a  somewhat  easier  form, 
and  the  words  about  ‘coming’  are  omitted.  Thus,  accord¬ 
ing  to  all  the  Synoptists,  our  Lord  definitely  told  the  high 
priest  of  His  future  glory.  Possibly  He  connected  this 
with  a  ‘coming,’  though  not  His  final  coming. 

(4)  In  addition  to  this  answer  given  by  our  Lord  to 
the  high  priest,  we  find  in  Matt.  xxiv.  29-31,  Mark  xiii. 
24-27,  Luke  xxi.  25-28,  unanimous  agreement  to  the 
effect  that  the  Son  of  Man  would  come  after  a  period  of 
great  tribulation  which  is  described  by  the  evangelists, 
and  specially  the  first  evangelist,  in  close  connection 


112  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

with  the  fall  of  Jerusalem.  In  Matthew  we  find  these 
words  : 

‘  But  immediately  after  the  tribulation  of  those  days, 
the  sun  shall  be  darkened,  and  the  moon  shall 
not  give  her  light,  and  the  stars  shall  fall  from 
heaven,  and  the  powers  of  the  heavens  shall  he 
shaken  :  and  then  shall  appear  the  sign  of  the 
Son  of  man  in  heaven  :  and  then  shall  all  the 
tribes  of  the  earth  mourn,  and  they  shall  see 
the  Son  of  man  coming  on  the  clouds  of  heaven 
with  power  and  great  glory  ’  {Matt.  xxiv.  29,  SO). 

This  seems  to  be  the  final  coming  as  in  Matt.  xvi.  27  ; 
Mark  viii.  38  ;  Luke  ix.  26. 

Short  summary  of  the  above  evidence. — The  principal 
facts  which  the  first  three  Gospels  present  in  connection 
with  our  Lord’s  second  coming  are  these  :  (1)  According 
to  Matthew  Jesus  said  that  He  would  come  before  His 
disciples  had  finished  visiting  the  cities  of  Israel ;  the 
other  two  Gospels  only  describe  this  coming  as  a  coming 
of  the  kingdom  or  reign  of  God.  (2)  According  to 
Matthew ,  some  of  the  bystanders  who  heard  our  Lord 
would  see  the  Son  of  Man  coming  in  His  kingdom  ;  the 
other  two  Gospels  again  speak  of  this  as  a  coming  of  the 
kingdom  of  God,  though  they  mention  the  visible  return 
of  the  Son  in  the  previous  verse.  (3)  In  Matthew  and 
Mark  our  Lord  is  described  as  telling  the  high  priest 
that  He  would  see  the  Son  of  man  f  coming’;  in  Luke 
this  statement  merely  appears  as  a  statement  of  the  Son’s 
glory  in  heaven.  The  evidence  of  Matthew  and  Mark 
is  here  fuller  and  perhaps  more  primitive  than  that  of 
Luke.  (4)  All  the  Synoptists  speak  of  a  final  return 
which  Matthew  connects  closely  with  the  fall  of  Jeru¬ 
salem,  and  Ijuke  postpones  till  somewhat  later  {Luke 
xxi.  24,  but  cf.  xxi.  32). 

The  evidence  of  St  John’s  Gospel. — It  has  often  been 
observed  that  in  St.  John’s  Gospel  there  seems  to  be  less 
said  about  the  future  resurrection,  future  coming  of  our 
Lord  and  future  Judgment,  than  in  the  Synoptic  Gospels. 
St.  John  does  not  spiritualise  these  great  events  away, 
but  he  emphasises  the  truth  that  there  is  a  judgment 
executed  upon  every  man,  and  indeed  by  every  man 
upon  himself  when  he  comes  into  contact  with  Christ 
(ix.  39 ;  cf.  v.  24).  He  records  the  teaching  of  our 


ABOUT  THE  END  OF  THE  WORLD  113 

Lord  that  there  would  be  a  coming  of  himself  in  the 
coming  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  who  would  unite  the  disciples 
with  Christ.  ‘  I  come  unto  you.  Yet  a  little  while,  and 
the  world  beholdeth  me  no  more,  but  ye  behold  me  ’ 
(John  xiv.  19).  He  lays  stress,  like  St.  Paul,  on  that 
resurrection  which  takes  place  in  this  present  life  when 
a  man  accepts  Christ  as  his  Lord.  ‘  Verily,  verily,  I 
say  unto  you.  The  hour  cometh  and  now  is,  when  the 
dead  shall  hear  the  voice  of  the  Son  of  God  :  and  they 
that  hear  shall  live  ’  (John  v.  25).  There  is  in  St.  John's 
Gospel  an  almost  entire  absence  of  those  elements  which 
surround  the  day  of  judgment  in  the  Jewish  apocalypses, 
a  judgment  attended  by  a  glorious  outward  display,  such 
as  is  definitely  though  briefly  mentioned  in  the  Synoptic 
Gospels.  Nevertheless,  St.  John  does  record  that  our 
Lord  spoke  of  coming  again  in  a  personal  sense.  He 
promised,  ‘And  if  I  go  and  prepare  a  place  for  you, 
I  will  come  again  and  will  receive  you  unto  myself’ 
(John  xiv.  3).  He  says  with  regard  to  every  man  who 
believes  on  Him  and  eats  His  flesh  and  drinks  His  blood, 
that  He  ‘will  raise  him  up  at  the  last  day’  (John  vi.  39, 
40,  44,  54).  In  a  similar  way,  He  gives  to  Martha  a  wider 
view  of  the  resurrection,  but  He  does  not  tell  her  that 
she  is  wrong  when  she  says,  ‘  I  know  that  he  [Lazarus] 
shall  rise  again  in  the  resurrection  at  the  last  day’ 
(John  xi.  24).  Immediately  after  speaking  of  the 
spiritual  resurrection,  He  speaks  of ‘all  that  are  in  the 
tombs  ’  coming  forth  ‘  unto  the  resurrection  of  life  ’  or 
‘the  resurrection  of  judgement’  (John  v.  29).  And  in  a 
manner  which  recalls  the  teaching  of  both  the  Jewish 
apocalypses  and  the  Synoptists,  our  Lord  says  that  ‘The 
Father  gave  him  authority  to  execute  judgement,  because 
He  is  the  Son  of  man’  (John  v  27).  These  passages 
show  that  the  teaching  about  ‘the  last  day’  in  St.  John’s 
Gospel,  though  brief,  agrees  with  the  Synoptists. 

An  unwarrantable  interpretation. — It  is  sometimes  held 
by  writers  who  oppose  the  Christian  faith  that  Jesus 
prophesied  His  early  return  in  a  visible  form  to  judge 
finally  the  world.  He  expected  something  which  never 
happened.  He  thought  that  the  kingdom  of  God  would 
be  suddenly  established  as  the  Jews  expected,  and  that 
He  would  come  again  in  glory  to  establish  it  in  a  few 
years’  time,  or  less.  This  theory  implies,  and  is  intended 


H 


114  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

to  suggest^  that  our  Lord  was  an  erring  man,  and  not 
what  Christians  believe  Him  to  be,  'The  Way,  the  Truth, 
and  the  Life.’ 

Conclusion  as  to  the  Second  Coming. — The  above  inter- 
pretation  is  in  conflict  with  a  large  part  of  the  evidence 
which  we  have.  It  supposes  that  St.  John’s  Gospel  is 
fictitious.  It  also  directly  opposes  various  passages  in  the 
Synoptists.  They  show  that  our  Lord  anticipated  a  long 
interval  before  His  visible  return.  The  parables  of  the 
Mustard  Seed,  the  Wheat  and  the  Tares,  and  the  Drag¬ 
net,  imply  that  the  consummation  of  the  kingdom  is  in 
the  future.  Further,  a  period  of  grace  is  to  be  given  to 
the  Gentiles  during  which  they  may  learn  the  truth 
{Matt.  xxi.  41  ;  cf.  Luke  xxi.  24).  And  the  Gospel  has 
to  be  preached  to  all  the  world  before  the  end  comes 
{Matt.  xxiv.  14,  xxvi.  13,  xxviii.  19). 

The  true  explanation,  supported  by  both  the  Synoptists 
and  St.  John,  is  to  be  found  in  the  fact  that  He  spoke 
of  various  'days  of  the  Son  of  man  {Luke  xvii.  22).  In 
accordance  with  the  teaching  of  the  Jewish  prophets.  He 
taught  that  there  were  days  of  partial  and  preliminary 
judgment,  involving  a  final  judgment  in  the  future.  The 
final  judgment  day  will  come  suddenly  like  the  flash  of 
lightning  across  the  sky,  and  like  the  flood  in  the  days 
of  Noah  {Luke  xvii.  24  ff.).  But  there  are  other 
epochs  in  His  coming  as  in  the  development  of  His 
kingdom.  His  doctrine  of  His  advent  and  His  judgment 
corresponds  with  His  doctrine  of  the  kingdom.  Just 
as  the  kingdom  has  a  visible  as  well  as  an  invisible 
existence,  so  it  is  with  His  coming.  But  there  was  a 
tendency  in  the  early  Church  to  interpret  our  Lord’s 
words  about  His  different  '  days  ’  or  comings  as  predic¬ 
tions  of  the  one  outward  final  advent.  Thus  in  Matthew 
we  find  the  coming  to  judgment  at.  the  fall  of  Jerusalem 
confused  with  the  final  judgment,  which  is  represented 
as  'immediately  after  the  tribulation  *  {Matt.  xxiv.  29). 
St.  Jerome  and  St.  Augustine  long  ago  observed  the 
confusion  in  the  report  of  this  eschatological  discourse. 
It  corresponds  with  that  expectation  of  the  immediate 
outward  return  of  Christ  which  we  find  in  the  earlier 
Epistles  of  St.  Paul,  who  seems  to  have  made  the  same 
mistake. 

No  difficulty  is  occasioned  by  our  Lord’s  prophecy  to 


ABOUT  THE  END  OF  THE  WORLD  115 

the  high  priest,  whichever  report  of  His  words  be  the 
most  correct.  Our  Lord’s  reign  did  begin  out  of  the 
apparent  defeat  which  Fie  encountered  when  condemned 
by  the  high  priest.  The  vision  in  Daniel  is  a  vision  of 
the  holy  element  in  Israel  personified  in  ‘  one  like  unto 
a  Son  of  man  ’  and  supplanting  the  dominion  of  those 
beasts  which  embody  the  empires  of  this  world.  So  at 
the  hour  of  His  death  God  glorified  His  Son,  and  the 
Son  of  Man  received  ‘an  everlasting  dominion,  which 
shall  not  pass  away,  and  his  kingdom  that  which  shall 
not  be  destroyed  ’  (Dan.  vii.  14).  The  subsequent  history 
of  Christianity  has  shown  that  our  Lord  did  not  err  in 
anticipating  this  victory. 

To  sum  up  :  our  Lord  did  declare  that  the  kingdom  of 
God  would  come  in  power,  and  that  He  would  come 
within  the  lifetime  of  some  of  His  hearers,  meaning  by 
this  His  return  in  spiritual  force  and  in  the  crises  of 
history.  He  also  foretold  that  He  would  return  finally 
with  visible  glory  after  a  long  interval  of  time.  Th'e 
early  Jewish  Christians  to  some  extent  confused  Hi& 
different  sayings  with  regard  to  these  ‘  days’  of  coming, 
and  the  evangelists  show  traces  of  this  confusion. 

The  Resurrection. — In  one  passage  in  the  Synoptic 
Gospels  the  resurrection  is  specially  considered  (Matt.. 
xxii.  23-33  ;  Mark  xii.  18-27  ;  Luke  xx.  27-40). 

The  Sadducees  denied  the  resurrection.  And  in  the 
above  passage  they  endeavour  to  make  our  Lord  and 
the  doctrine  of  the  resurrection  simultaneously  appear 
ridiculous.  They  come  and  put  to  Him  this  question  : 
If  a  woman  should  be  married  to  seven  brothers  succes¬ 
sively,  to  which  of  the  seven  would  she  belong  after  the 
resurrection  ?  In  His  answer  Jesus  showed  that  the 
question  rested  on  two  false  assumptions  :  (1)  the  false 
idea  that  God  either  could  not  or  would  not  provide  for 
men  a  mode  of  life  suited  to  their  new  conditions  ;  and 
(2)  the  false  idea  that  in  the  next  world  such  relations 
as  those  of  marriage  would  be  maintained.  Fie  then 
refuted  their  denial  of  the  resurrection  by  referring  to 
their  own  Scriptures  : 

‘Have  ye  not  read  in  the  book  of  Moses,  in  the 
place  concerning  the  Bush,  how  God  spake  unto 
him,  saying,  I  am  the  God  of  Abraham,  and  the 
God  of  Isaac,  and  the  God  of  Jacob  ?  He  is  not 


116  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

the  God  of  the  dead,  but  of  the  living  :  ye  do 
greatly  err  ’  {Mark  xii.  26). 

The  deeply  religious  meaning  attached  to  the  word 
^  ^fe  ’  in  the  Bible,  and  the  truth,  gradually  dawning  in 
the  Old  Testament,  that  fellowship  with  God  can  only 
be  ended  by  man’s  sin,  must  be  borne  in  mind  by  the 
reader  of  this  saying.  The  patriarchs’  faith  in  God  was 
life-bringing,  and  such  life  is  eternal,  for  it  is  contact 
with  the  eternal  God.  The  argument  used  by  our  Lord 
might  be  interpreted  to  imply  only  the  immortality  ot 
the  soul.  But  the  Jews  who  had  come  to  believe  in  the 
immortality  of  the  soul  had  by  this  time  also  come  to 
believe  in  the  resurrection  of  the  body.  And  Christ 
assumes  in  His  answer  that  for  man  a  merely  bodiless 

■existence  is  not  real  life.  .  .  .  Al 

The  blessedness  of  the  future  life  is  implied  m  the 
parallel  passage  in  Luke  xx.  35,  36,  where  our  Lord 
speaks  of  those  f  that  are  accounted  worthy  to  attain  to 
that  world,  and  the  resurrection  from  the  dead  .  .  .  they 
are  equal  unto  the  angels  ;  and  are  sons  of  God,  being 
sons  of  the  resurrection.’  And  elsewhere  those  who 
have  deserted  their  earthly  possessions  for  His  sake  are 
promised  both  a  f  hundredfold  ’  now  in  this  present 
time,  a  f  hundredfold’  of  spiritual  relationships  and  goods, 
*and  in  the  world  to  come  eternal  life’  {Mark  x.  30). 
Whereas  the  future  life,  properly  so  called,  belongs 
-only  to  the  righteous  ;  that  life  which  is  a  judgment, 
being  the  state  of  the  sinner  left  to  his  sin  and  separated 
from  all  good,  will  be  the  fate  of  the  wicked  : 

‘The  hour  cometh,  in  which  all  that  are  in  the 
tombs  shall  hear  his  voice,  and  shall  come 
forth :  they  that  have  done  good,  unto  the 
resurrection  of  life  ;  and  they  that  have  done 
ill,  unto  the  resurrection  of  judgement  ’ 

{John  v.  29). 

The  Judgment. — Jesus  declared  that  He  was  the  Judge 
•of  man.  In  moral  questions  He  spoke  as  the  Judge  who 
lays  down  or  voices  the  law  of  motive  and  conduct,  who 
also  rebukes  or  forgives.  In  St.  John  s  Gospel  we  find 
that  He  represents  a  judgment  of  men  as  proceeding 
during  His  ministry.  ‘Now  is  the  judgement  of  this 
world  ’ ;  ‘  Yea,  and  if  I  judge,  my  judgement  is  true  ’ ; 

For  judgement  came  I  into  this  world’  {John  xii.  31  ; 


ABOUT  THE  END  OF  THE  WORLD  117 

viii.  16  ;  ix.  69).  Contact  with  the  truth  compels  a  man 
to  accept  it  or  neglect  it :  ‘  And  this  is  the  judgement,  that 
the  light  is  come  into  this  world,  and  men  loved  the 
darkness  rather  than  the  light ;  for  their  works  were 
evil’  {John  iii.  19).  This  continuous  present  judgment 
will  terminate  in  a  future  judgment.  One  is  quite  com¬ 
patible  with  the  other.  Judgment  is  long,  thorough, 
and  comprehensive.  And  it  will  be  no  external  or 
capricious  judgment  which  will  be  passed  at  the  end. 
Jesus,  as  we  saw,  said  that  all  judgment  had  been  com¬ 
mitted  to  ‘the  Son’  {John  v.  22,  23).  But  nevertheless 
He  said,  ‘He  that  rejecteth  me,  and  receiveth  not  my 
sayings,  hath  one  that  judgeth  him  :  the  word  that  1 
spake,  the  same  shall  judge  him  at  the  last  day’  ( John 

xii.  43).  That  is,  a  man  is  judged  by  His  own  attitude 
towards  the  sayings  of  Jesus.  It  is  the  same  law  as  prevails 
in  our  use  or  misuse  of  nature.  Fire  or  water  may  be 
the  means  of  saving  a  man’s  life.  But  if  he  uses  them 
wrongly  he  will  be  burnt  to  death  or  drowned.  Each 
man  causes  his  own  judgment,  though  that  judgment 
will  finally  be  pronounced  by  Jesus  Christ. 

Principles  of  the  Judgment. — Various  parables  show  us 
what  principles  will  regulate  the  final  judgment.  By 
repeated  teaching  and  a  wealth  of  illustration  our  Lord 
impressed  upon  His  disciples  that  they  must  watch  and 
he  morally  ready  for  His  coming.  As  the  final  coming  will 
be  unexpected,  untiring  vigilance  is  necessary : 

‘If  the  master  of  the  house  had  known  in  what  hour 
the  thief  was  coming,  he  would  have  watched, 
and  not  have  left  his  house  to  be  broken 
through.  Be  ye  also  ready  ;  for  in  an  hour 
that  ye  think  not  the  Son  of  man  cometh  ’ 

{Luke  xii.  39,  40). 

Christ  did  not  tell  His  disciples  when  His  final  return 
would  take  place.  He  even  says  that  ‘the  Son’  himself 
does  not  know  the  day  and  hour  {Matt.  xxiv.  36  ;  Mark 

xiii.  32).  Our  duty  is  to  ‘watch  and  pray’  {Matt.  xxvi. 
41  ;  Mark  xiii.  33). 

All  the  servants  of  Christ  {I^uke  xii.  35-38)  are  to  be 
as  prepared  for  His  coming  as  the  official  of  the  Church 
‘whom  his  lord  hath  set  over  his  household,  to  give 
them  their  food  in  due  season  ’  {Matt.  xxiv.  45  ;  Mark 
xiii.  34).  All  are  required  to  show  vigilance  and  a 


118  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

strictly  faithful  observance  of  their  duty.  Their  minds 
must  never  be  immersed  in  worldly  pleasure.  Ihe 
parable  of  the  Ten  Virgins  {Matt.  xxv.  1-13)  bears  upon 
this  subject,  and  is  explained  by  our  Lord  himself.  Ihe 
Virgins  are  the  members  of e  the  kingdom  of  heaven.  ’  The 
Bridegroom  is  Jesus  Christ  coming  to  call  them  to  His 
marriage  feast.  He  lingers,  and  all  sleep.  It  seems  to  be 
suggested  that  all  need  rest,  even  the  Wise  Virgins.  But 
the  Wise  have  procured  oil,  and  they  have  only  to  trim 
their  lamps  when  the  sudden  cry  which  heralds  the  Bride¬ 
groom’s  coming  wakes  them  from  their  sleep.  They  rested 
with  an  undercurrent  of  expectation.  The  Foolish  Virgins 
rested  unprepared  and  unequipped,  and  were  shut  out 
from  the  feast.  The  parable  of  the  Talents  {Matt.  xxv. 
14-30)  and  that  of  the  Pounds  {Luke  xix.  11-27)  insist 
again  upon  the  necessity  of  faithful  honest  work.  In 
the  parable  of  the  Talents  we  are  shown  that  though 
unequal  gifts  are  given  by  God  to  different  men,  He 
demands  the  same  diligence  from  every  one.  The  sin 
of  the  wicked  servant  was  simply  that  he  was  too  slothful 
and  too  cowardly  to  use  his  own  talent.  In  the  parable 
of  the  Pounds  we  are  shown  that  when  God  gives  the 
same  gift  to  different  men,  He  expects  all  to  make  such 
use  of  it  as  they  honestly  can.  One  may  gain  ten  and 
another  five  pounds ;  but  the  man  who  makes  no  effort 
to  gain  anything  will  lose  all. 

W atchfulness,  fidelity,  hard  work,  are  some  of  the 
principles  by  which  we  shall  be  judged.  To  these  we 
must  add  entire  sincerity  in  our  Christianity.  It  will 
not  be  enough  to  plead  that  we  f  did  eat  and  drink’  in 
our  Lord’s  presence,  or  to  say  that  He  did  ‘  teach  in  our 
streets’  :  in  spite  of  this  plea  He  may  say,  ‘I  know  not 
whence  ye  are  ’  {Luke  xiii.  27).  It  will  not  even  be 
enough  to  say  that  we  have  prophesied  in  His  name 
or  done  ‘many  mighty  works’  {Matt.  vii.  22).  For  to 
be  known  by  Jesus  and  confessed  by  Him  as  being  His, 
it  is  necessary  to  have  His  spirit : 

‘  If  any  man  would  come  after  me,  let  him  deny 
himself,  and  take  up  his  cross  and  follow  me. 
For  whosoever  would  save  his  life  shall  lose  it : 
but  whosoever  shall  lose  his  life  for  my  sake 
shall  find  it.  For  what  shall  a  man  be  profited, 
if  he  shall  gain  the  whole  world,  and  forfeit  his 


ABOUT  THE  END  OF  THE  WORLD  119 

life  ?  or  wliat  shall  a  man  give  in  exchange  for 

his  life  ?  ’  {Matt.  xvi.  24-26). 

Just  as  our  Lord  did  not  tell  His  disciples  when  the 
day  of  judgment  would  be,  but  told  them  to  watch;  so 
He  acted  when  asked,  ‘  Lord,  are  they  few  that  be  saved  ?  ’ 
{Luke  xiii.  23).  His  answer  was  an  exhortation  to  strenu¬ 
ous  endeavour  :  e  Strive  to  enter  in  by  the  narrow  door.’ 

As  the  life  of  the  saved  will  be  supremely  blessed,  so 
the  existence  of  those  who  have  f forfeited’  their  life  by 
sin  will  be  supremely  sad.  ‘The  righteous  shall  shine 
forth  as  the  sun  in  the  kingdom  of  their  Father’  {Matt. 
xiii.  43).  The  wicked  will  be  cast  into  ‘Gehenna.’  This 
was  originally  the  name  of  the  valley  of  Hinnom,  near 
Jerusalem,  where  idolatrous  Israelites  used  to  sacrifice 
their  children  to  the  god  Moloch,  and  where  in  later 
times  dead  bodies  were  cast  for  cremation.  In  our  Lord’s 
time  it  was  applied  to  the  place  of  final  punishment  for 
the  wicked.  This  place  is  also  described  as  ‘the  furnace 
of  fire  ’  {Matt.  xiii.  42),  ‘  the  eternal  fire  ’  {Matt,  xviii.  8), 
‘the  unquenchable  fire’  {Mark  ix.  43),  the  place  ‘  where 
their  worm  dieth  not  and  the  fire  is  not  quenched  ’  {Mark 
ix.  48),  ‘the  outer  darkness’  where  there  is  ‘the  weeping 
and  gnashing  of  teeth’  {Matt.  viii.  12,  xiii.  42,  etc.). 
Punishment  in  Gehenna  is  not  described  by  our  Lord 
as  temporary  or  remedial.  It  is  directly  contrasted  with 
entering  into  life  {Matt,  xviii.  8).  So  in  Matt.  xxv.  46, 
‘  eternal  punishment’  is  the  alternative  destiny  to 
‘  eternal  life.’  To  translate  the  Greek  word  for  ‘  eternal  ’ 
as  though  it  meant  only  ‘  belonging  to  the  world  to 
come,’  seems  to  overlook  the  permanent  nature  of  life 
in  perfect  union  with  God.  But  whereas  our  Lord’s 
words  compel  us  to  believe  that  a  man’s  future  doom  is 
fixed  for  good  or  evil  by  his  choice  in  this  present  life, 
they  seem  to  leave  room  for  a  diminution  of  suffering  in 
the  future  world.  In  Jude  7  the  cities  of  the  Plain  are 
said  to  have  suffered  ‘  the  punishment  of  eternal  fire,’ 
where  the  words  mean  not  that  the  fire  was  permanent, 
but  that  its  effects  were  permanent.  So  when  our  Lord 
speaks  of  ‘eternal  fire’  {Matt,  xviii.  8;  xxv.  41),  it  is 
possible  that  He  only  means  a  fire  the  results  of  w'hich 
are  a  permanent  loss  of  good.  That  there  are  different 
degrees  of  punishment  is  shown  in  Matt.  xi.  22,  24  ; 
Luke  xii.  47,  48.  But  so  far  as  we  are  able  to  see,  our 


120  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 

Lord  used  the  strongest  words  which  the  language  of 
the  time  afforded  for  describing  the  intense  misery  of 
those  who  wilfully  reject  the  love  of  God. 

The  Judgment  of  the  Heathen. — The  most  striking  con¬ 
trast  between  the  teaching  of  the  Jews  and  the  teaching 
of  our  Lord  with  regard  to  the  future  judgment,  is  that 
the  Jews  regarded  it  as  primarily  a  triumph  of  the 
accepted  Israelites  over  the  rejected  Gentiles,  and  our 
Lord  taught  that  it  is  essentially  religious  and  ethical. 
The  Father’s  love  is  so  great  that  it  is  not  His  will  that 
one  of  His  little  ones  should  perish  {Matt,  xviii.  14).  At 
the  last  day  it  will  be  shown  that  those  who  have  not 
known  our  Lord  consciously,  but  have  been  true  to  the 
light  which  they  had,  will  be  saved.  In  a  solemn  and 
magnificent  description  of  the  judgment,  ‘all  the 
nations  ’  are  represented  as  gathered  before  the  throne 
of  the  Son  of  Man  : 

‘Then  shall  the  King  say  unto  them  on  his  right 
hand,  Come,  ye  blessed  of  my  Father,  inherit 
the  kingdom  prepared  for  you  from  the  founda¬ 
tion  of  the  world  :  for  I  was  an  hungred,  and 
ye  gave  me  meat :  I  was  thirsty,  and  ye  gave 
me  drink  :  I  was  a  stranger,  and  ye  took  me  in; 
naked,  and  ye  clothed  me  :  I  was  sick,  and  ye 
visited  me :  I  was  in  prison,  and  ye  came  unto 
me. 

‘Then  shall  the  righteous  answer  him,  saying. 
Lord,  when  saw  we  thee  an  hungred,  and  fed 
thee?  or  athirst,  and  gave  thee  drink?  And 
when  saw  we  thee  a  stranger,  and  took  thee  in? 
or  naked,  and  clothed  thee  ?  And  when  saw  we 
thee  sick,  or  in  prison,  and  came  unto  thee  ? 

‘  And  the  King  shall  answer  and  say  unto  them, 
Verily  I  say  unto  you.  Inasmuch  as  ye  did  it 
unto  one  of  these  my  brethren,  even  these  least, 
ye  did  it  unto  me’  {Matt.  x-xv.  34-40). 

This  picture,  like  other  word  pictures  of  our  Lord, 
does  not  mention  every  feature  of  the  subject  described. 
But  it  does  give  a  just  test  and  one  of  universal  appli¬ 
cation.  And  the  above  interpretation  agrees  with  the 
teaching  of  St.  John  that  there  is  a  ‘  light  which  lighteth 
every  man  coming  into  the  world  ’  {John  i.  9),  and  with 
the  teaching  of  St.  Paul  that  Gentiles  may  ‘shew  the 


ABOUT  THE  END  OF  THE  WORLD  121 

work  of  the  law  written  in  their  hearts  .  .  .  their 
thoughts  one  with  another  accusing  or  else  excusing 
them  ;  in  the  clay  when  God  shall  judge  the  secrets  ot 
men,  according  to  my  Gospel,  by  Jesus  Christ’  {Rom.  ii. 
15,  16). 

Paradise. — ‘  To-day  shalt  thou  be  with  me  in 
Paradise’  {Luke  xxiii.  43).  These  words  of  comfort 
spoken  to  a  dying  thief,  unbaptized  but  repentant, 
ignorant  but  able  to  call  Jesus  ‘  Lord,’  possess  a  wealth 
of  meaning.  They  first  tell  us  the  wideness  of  God  s 
mercy,  but  they  also  tell  us  of  something  more.  The 
word  Paradise  or  ‘  park’  was  applied  by  the  Jews  of  later 
times  to  the  garden  of  Eden  and  to  a  blessed  state  in 
another  world.  Our  Lord  probably  used  it  as  best  fitted 
to  the  understanding  of  the  penitent  malefactor.  And  it 
should  mean  for  us  more  than  for  him.  It  tells  us  of 
a  scene  of  life  and  rest,  of  nearness  to  Jesus,  and  there¬ 
fore  nearness  to  God.  It  tells  us  of  a  state  which  is 
without  that  full  glory  which  ‘the  sons  of  the  resurrec¬ 
tion’  will  reach.  But  it  is  ‘peace  beginning  to  be,’  and 
it  is  ‘  with  Christ.  ’ 


INDEX 


Ahijah,  symbolic  act  of,  12. 

Angels,  63. 

Apocalyptic  doctrine  of  ‘  Son  of 
man,’  39,  113. 

Apocryphal  Jewish  books,  39,  51. 

Ascetism,  83. 

Atonement,  85  ff. 

Austerity  of  the  Gospel,  67. 

Baptism,  Christian,  103  ;  *  in  the 
name  of  Jesus,’  104. 

Barnasha,  Son  of  man,  38. 

Beatitudes,  81. 

Binding  and  loosing,  102. 

Blood  of  Christ,  93  ff.,  105  ff. 

Bread,  ‘  Living,’  94. 

Ceremonial  law,  Christ’s  atti¬ 
tude  towards,  15  ff. 

Children,  their  place  in  Christ’s 
teaching,  63. 

Church,  61,  101  ff. 

Civil  government,  76. 

Coming,  future,  of  Christ,  no; 
as  represented  in  Matt.,  112; 
in  John ,  112  f. 

Daniel ,  Book  of,  on  Son  of 
man,  39,  50,  115. 

Day,  the  last,  no  ff. 

Days  ‘  of  the  Son  of  man,’  114. 

Death  of  Christ,  85  ff. 

122 


Devotion  of  Jesus  to  the  Father, 
27. 

Divinity  of  Christ,  41  ff. 

Divorce,  75. 

Ecclesiasticus,  teaching  about 
God,  25. 

Enoch ,  Book  of,  39. 

Essenes,  5. 

Eternal  life,  116  ff. 

Eternal  punishment,  119. 
Eucharist,  93,  106. 

Faith,  nature  of,  66. 

Family,  the,  75. 

Fasting,  22. 

Fatherhood  of  God,  30 ;  in  what 
sense  universal,  33. 

Fear  of  God,  26,  32. 

Forgiveness,  Christian  duty  of, 

73,  80. 

Forgiveness  of  sins,  granted  by 
Christ,  37  ;  by  the  Church,  102. 
Friendship,  74. 

Gehenna,  119. 

God,  our  Lord's  doctrine  of,  24  ff., 
100. 

Good  works,  70. 

Grace,  71. 

Guilt  offering,  Christ  as,  89. 


INDEX 


12:3 


Halacha,  16. 

Heathen,  judgment  of,  120. 

Herodians,  3,  53. 

Hillel,  teaching  on  divorce,  75. 

Holy  Communion,  93,  105. 

Holy  Spirit,  the  sin  against,  65, 
97  ;  doctrine  of,  96  ff. 

Humility,  nature  of  Christian,  68. 

Isaiah,  symbolic  act  of,  12 ;  on 
God's  fatherhood,  25  ;  on  the 
Servant  of  the  Lord,  40,  89. 

J amma,  Jewish  council  at,  13. 

Jerusalem,  destruction  foretold, 
109. 

Job,  Book  of,  26. 

John,  St.,  Baptist,  61,  64,  80. 

John,  St.,  Gospel  of,  8  ff. 

Judaism,  our  Lord’s  attitude 
towards,  13  ff.,  25. 

Judgment,  doctrine  of,  116  ff. 

Justin  Martyr,  on  Christ’s  teach¬ 
ing.  9- 

Keys,  the  power  of  the,  61. 

Kingdom  of  God,  49  ff. 

Kingdom  of  Jesus,  61. 

Knowledge,  our  Lord’s  human, 
44.  117- 

Law  ,  the  Jewish,  13  ff.,  37 ;  Christ 
shows  himself  above,  20. 

Life,  the  Christian,  81. 

Life,  the  future,  116  ff. 

Logos,  Stoic  doctrine  of,  27. 

Love,  place  of,  in  Christ’s  teach¬ 
ing,  16,  30,  34,  68,  88. 

Luke,  St.,  gives  prominence  to 
women,  64. 


Mary,  the  blessed  Virgin,  5,  64. 

Matthew,  St.,  Gospel  of,  on  the 
second  coming,  112. 

Memra,  or  Word  of  God,  27. 

Messiah,  Jewish  doctrine  of,  39, 
41,  50  ff.  ;  our  Lord's  doctrine 
of,  43  ff. ,  54  ff. 

Metatron,  God’s  companion,  27. 

Miracles,  possess  teaching  power, 
12,  74. 

Neo-Platonism,  superstition  of, 
24. 

Nicene  Creed,  agrees  with  Christ’s 
teaching,  46. 

Old  Testament,  our  Lord’s  use 
of,  13  ff. 

Onkelos,  Targum  of,  27. 

Opposition  to  Christ,  causes  of, 
2  ff. 

1  Paganism,  24. 

Parables,  6  ;  whether  ever  enig¬ 
mas,  7. 

Paradise,  121. 

Paradox,  our  Lord's  use  of,  10. 

Passover  and  Lord’s  Supper,  106. 

Paul,  St.,  his  agreement  with  the 
Gospels,  62,  66,  85,  101,  106. 

‘  People  of  the  land,’  4. 

Peter,  St. ,  his  confession  of  Christ, 
14,  90 ;  the  authority  given  to, 
61. 

Pharisees,  3,  15,  60,  67. 

Prayer,  72. 

Prophet,  our  Lord  as,  12,  37. 

Prophetic  element  in  Judaism,  13, 
17.  37- 

Proverbs,  Book  of,  26. 


Marriage,  75,  84,  115. 


1  Ransom,  atoning,  91. 


124  THE  TEACHING  OF  OUR  LORD 


Remission  of  sins,  65,  93,  102  ff. 

Repentance,  64. 

Resurrection,  115. 

Revenge,  Christ’s  teaching  on,  68. 

Righteousness,  Christian,  63  ff. 

Sabbath,  in  Christ’s  teaching, 
I9' 

Sacraments,  103  ff. 

Sacrifice,  our  Lord’s  death  as, 
89  ff. 

Sacrifices,  Jewish,  Christ’s  atti¬ 
tude  towards,  21. 

Sadducees,  2,  115. 

Saviour,  our  Lord  as,  92. 

Scribes,  3,  5,  7. 

Service,  law  of,  12,  61,  70. 

Sin,  our  Lord’s  doctrine  of,  65. 

Sinners,  Christ’s  treatment  of,  4, 
32,  37- 

Social  life,  Christ’s  teaching  on, 
74- 

Son  of  God,  meaning  of  title, 
41  ff. 

Son  of  man,  meaning  of  title, 
38  ff. 


Spirit,  Holy,  96  ff. 

Spirits,  evil,  3,  54. 

Symbolic  actions  of  Christ,  11. 

Symbolic  language  of  Christ,  10. 

Teaching,  Christ’s  method  of, 
1  ff. 

Temple,  Christ’s  reverence  for,  21. 

Temptation,  our  Lord’s,  52  ;  our 
deliverance  from,  73. 

Tradition,  false,  Christ’s  attitude 
towards,  14. 

Trinity,  doctrine  of,  in  New  Testa¬ 
ment,  xoo. 

Virtues,  passive,  not  negative, 
82. 

Wisdom ,  Book  of,  25,  51. 

Women,  their  position  raised  by 
Christ,  64,  75. 

Word,  the,  27. 

Worldly  possessions,  77. 

Worship,  21,  72,  102. 

Zealots,  Jewish  party,  4. 


The  Earlier  Epistles  of  St.  Paul,  their  Motive  and  Origin. 

By  Kirsopp  Lake,  D.  D. ,  Professor  of  New  Testament 
Exegesis  and  Early  Christian  Literature  in  the  University  of 
Leyden.  Demy  8vo.  16s.  net. 

Bible  Lessons  for  the  Young.  The  Old  Testament  in  selections 
from  the  Authorised  Version.  Arranged  by  the  Rev.  M.  G. 
Glazebrook,  D.  D.,  Canon  Residentiary  of  Ely,  formerly 
Head  Master  of  Clifton  College.  Crown  8vo.  With  Maps. 
2s.  6d.  ;  or  in  Two  Parts,  is.  3d.  each  net. 

Notes  and  Outlines  for  Bible  Lessons.  For  Teachers  using 
Bible  Lessons  for  the  Young. 

By  the  Rev.  M.  G.  Glazebrook,  D.  D.  Cr.  8vo.  3s.  6d.  net. 

‘Bible  Lessons’  and  ‘Notes  and  Outlines’  may  also  be  had 
in  one  volume,  4s.  6d.  net. 

Readings  in  Old  Testament  History,  in  78  Lessons. 

By  the  Rev.  A.  R.  Whitham,  M.A.,  Principal  of  Culham 
Training  College.  Small  Fcap.  8vo.  With  Maps. 

The  Bible  Text  only,  in  the  Authorised  Version,  without 
the  Readings,  Seventy-eight  Lessons,  2s.  6d.  net ;  or  in  Two 
Parts,  is.  3d.  each  net. 

Readings  only,  Seventy-eight  Lessons  on  the  Bible  Text, 
2s.  6d.  net. 

Text  and  Readings  in  One  Volume.  4s.  6d.  net. 

The  Life  of  our  Blessed  Lord.  A  narrative  from  the  Four 
Gospels  in  the  Text  of  the  Revised  Version.  With  Notes, 
Explanatory  and  Doctrinal ;  suitable  for  the  use  of  Schools, 
or  for  the  General  Reader.  Arranged  and  Edited  by  the 
Rev.  A.  R.  Whitham.  Crown  8vo.  With  Maps.  3s.  6d. 

Also  ‘The  Life  of  our  Lord,’ the  Bible  text  only,  arranged 
as  a  Narrative.  Crown  8vo.  2s. 

The  Books  of  the  New  Testament. 

By  the  Rev.  Leighton  Pullan,  M.A.  Cr.  8vo.  4s.  6d.  net. 

The  Manual  for  the  Sick  of  Lancelot  Andrewes,  Bishop  of 
Winchester.  Edited,  with  an  Introduction  and  Notes.  By 
F.  E.  Brightman,  M.A. ,  Fellow  of  St.  Mary  Magdalen 
College,  Oxford,  and  Canon  of  Lincoln.  Crown  8vo.  3s.  6d. 
net. 

The  Christian  Church.  By  Darwell  Stone,  D.D. ,  Principal 
of  Pusey  House,  Oxford.  Crown  8vo.  7s.  6d.  net. 


London  :  Rivingtons,  34  King  Street,  Covent  Garden. 

3 


The  Sanctuary.  A  Book  for  Communicants. 

By  the  Rev.  Percy  Dearmer,  D.D. 

Elongated  48mo.  is.  net,  gilt  lettered;  or  7d.  net,  ink 
lettered ; 

bound  with  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer,  is.  6d.  net. 

May  also  be  had,  with  the  Additional  Collects,  Epistles, 
and  Gospels  from  *  The  English  Liturgy,’ 
is.  4d.  net  in  cloth  ;  or  in  limp  lambskin,  2S.  6d.  net. 

Also  bound  with  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer,  2s.  net  in  cloth  ; 
or  in  limp  lambskin,  3s.  6d.  net. 

The  Christian’s  Manual.  By  the  Rev.  W.  H.  H.  Jervois, 
M.A.,  late  Vicar  of  St.  Mary  Magdalene’s,  Munster  Square. 
i6mo.  2s.  6d.  net. 

The  Pilgrim’s  Path.  A  Book  of  Prayer  and  Instruction  for 
busy  people.  Compiled  by  Frederick  E.  Mortimer, 
Rector  of  St.  Mark’s  Church,  Jersey  City,  U.S.  A. 

Crown  i6mo.  With  Illustrations.  Cloth  limp,  is.  net , 
cloth  boards,  is.  3d.  net ;  cloth  extra,  gilt  edges,  is.  6d.  net. 

Aspects  of  the  Atonement ;  The  Atoning  Sacrifice  illustrated 
from  the  various  sacrificial  types  of  the  Old  Testament  and 
from  the  successive  ages  of  Christian  thought. 

By  the  Rev.  Lonsdale  Ragg,  M. A.  Crown  8vo.  2s.  6d.  net. 

The  Faith  of  the  Church  :  The  Witness  of  the  Three  Creeds. 

By  the  Rev.  A.  R.  Whitham,  M.A.,  Principal  of  Culham 
Training  College.  Crown  8vo.  2s.  6d.  net. 

The  Mystery  of  the  Cross;  Addresses  on  the  Atonement. 
By  the  Ven.  W.  O.  BURROWS,  M.A. ,  Archdeacon  of  Birming¬ 
ham  and  Vicar  of  St.  Augustine’s,  Edgbaston.  Crown  8vo. 
2s.  6d. 

Some  Titles  and  Aspects  of  the  Eucharist. 

By  the  Right  Rev.  E.  S.  Talbot,  D.D.,  Lord  Bishop  of 
Winchester.  Crown  8vo.  is.  6d. 

The  Food  of  Immortality.  Instructions  on  the  Sixth  Chapter 
of  the  Gospel  according  to  St.  John. 

By  the  Rev.  W.  B.  Trevelyan,  M.A.,  Warden  of  Liddon 
House.  Crown  8vo.  is.  6d. 

A  Short  History  of  the  Church  in  Great  Britain. 

By  the  Ven.  W.  H.  Hutton,  B.D.  Crown  8vo.  3s.  6d. 


London  :  Rivingtons,  34  King  Street,  Covent  Garden. 

4